CN1460054A - Safety systems for power equipment - Google Patents

Abstract

Safety systems for power equipment are disclosed. The safety systems include a detection system adapted to detect a dangerous condition between a person and a working portion of a machine, such as accidental contact with the working portion, and a reaction system associated with the detection system to cause a predetermined action to take place relative to the working portion upon detection of the dangerous condition by the detection system. The detection system may be adapted to capacitively impart an electric charge on the working portion and to detect when that charge drops. The reaction system may be a brake system to stop the working portion, a retraction system to retract the working portion, a system to cover the working portion, or some other system. The safety systems include other features and elements, as disclosed. Machines equipped with safety systems are also disclosed, such as saws, jointers, and other woodworking machines. The machines include a working portion, such as a cutter or blade, a detection system adapted to detect a dangerous condition between a person and the working portion, and a reaction system associated with the detection system to cause a predetermined action to take place upon detection of the dangerous condition, such as a brake system to stop the working portion, a retraction system to retract the working portion, or a system to cover the working portion. The machines may include a control system adapted to control the operability of one or more of the working portion, the detection system and the reaction system. The machines include other features and elements, as disclosed.

Description

The security system of power drive device

The cross-index of related applicationThis patent application declarative is used prior to the patent of the following U.S.: sequence number 60/157,340, submit on October 1st, 1999; Sequence number 60/182,866 was submitted on February 16th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,056 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,057 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,058 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,059 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,089 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,094 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,169 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,170 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,200 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,201 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,206 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,210 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,211 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; Sequence number 60/225,212 was submitted on August 14th, 2000; And sequence number 60/233,459, submit on August 18th, 2000.Therefore above-mentioned whole application are all embodied by index.

Technical field

Present invention is directed to security system, and more particularly be relevant for the high-speed secure stop mechanism of a kind of use on power-equipment.

Technical background

, and last till now that mechanized equipment has allowed the workman produce product with higher speed and less labour with respect to manually-operated instrument from the industrial revolution.Unfortunately, the power of mechanized equipment and high service speed cause danger for those people that operate this type of machine.There is every year thousands of people to be subjected to permanent disability or loses one's life owing to the accident that relates to power-equipment.

As what expected, many systems are developed, and suffered injury risk is reduced to minimum degree when allowing working power equipment.Perhaps prevailing security function is a protector, and this protector prevents the dangerous element of operator's Body contact to machine, similarly is belt, axostylus axostyle or saw blade.Among many cases, protector can reduce injured risk effectively, yet, many examples are arranged, it will carry out work and use the protector that can stop fully near the path of dangerous machinery element from having got rid of in essence.

All systems have been suggested in the occasion that can not effectively utilize protector and have been used for preventing unexpected injury.For example, United States Patent (USP) numbering: 941,726,2,978,084,3,011,610,3,047,116,4,195,722 and 4,321,841 etc., these patents--herein with including in that it disclosed---disclosed all for reference the security system that cooperates the power punch press to use.These system's utilizations are connected to the cable on operator's wrist, and these cables are when machine operation user's hand to be retracted in the workspace, or the operation that stops machine is till user's hand leaves the danger zone.United States Patent (USP) numbering 3,953,770,4,075,961,4,470,046,4,532,501 and 5,212,621 with including in for reference that it disclosed, has disclosed the security system of radio frequency herein.The hand that these security systems utilize the signal of radio frequency to detect the user appears in the deathtrap of machine, and in case finds just to stop or interrupt the operation of this machine.

United States Patent (USP) numbering 4,959,909,5,025,175,5,122,091,5,198,702,5,201,684,5,272,946 and 5,510,685 discloses the security system that cooperates the meat peeling equipment to use, and they have been included among the present technique explanation, for reference.These systems user's hand touch in the machine any dangerous partly in, promptly can interrupt or reverse and deliver to power supply in the machine, or the clutch disengaging is nibbled and state.Generally speaking, to be nationality be arranged on electric contact the between some hardware in the deathtrap of fine metal mesh and machine in the gloves that the user dresses and quilt is detected out by monitoring to the contact between user and machine.Though this type systematic is to lead in cooperating meat peeling machine to use, they are relatively slow in the motion that stops the machine cutting element, and this is because they are the operations that rely on magnetic valve, or must overcome the inertia mass of motor.Yet, because these systems are with the running of relatively low speed, so saw blade does not need to be stopped apace the user being caused serious injury preventing.

United States Patent (USP) numbering 3,785,230 and 4,026,177, this patent disclosed is included among the present technique explanation for reference, discloses the security system of a kind of use on annular saw, so that stop this saw blade when user's hand is close to saw blade.This system uses this saw blade closely to connect antenna in the detector as an electromagnetism, so that touch the hand that this saw blade can detect the user in the past and be close to this saw blade in that user's hand is actual.In case when detecting user's hand, brake of using the standard electric magnet valve of this system's engagement.Unfortunately, this type systematic is easy to trigger mistakenly and owing to be the cause of magnetic valve, moves relatively slower.United States Patent (USP) numbering 4,117,752 has also been included content that it disclosed herein in for reference, discloses a brake system that similarly is used in band saw, and braking among this system is to be triggered by user's the hand and the actual contact of this saw blade.Yet the described system that is used to detect the saw blade contact obviously can not reach effectively accurately and contact with detecting reliably.Especially, the electromagnetic brake of this system's dependence standard is operated the voltage of cutting off the electricity supply to stop the pulley of this saw blade and band saw.Believe that this brake will need 50 milliseconds to 1 second time this saw blade that stops.Thereby this system can not stop saw blade too slowly apace to avoid serious injury.

These existing systems cooperate common power tool commonly used to use, and neither one can have enough fast speed and/or sufficient reliability to prevent serious injury among them.Though the sensor that closely connects type can be used among some equipment, stop the pot life of moving article with increase, in many cases, in normal operating process, user's hand must reach the cutting element place that quite approaches to machine.For example, the woodworking equipment of the many types hand that needs the user is by quite near the place of cutting tool.As a result, the existing detector that closely connects pattern, they are inexact relatively, fail to prove and can effectively use in such equipment.Even being practicable place near detector, among many cases, existing brake system does not yet have enough fast service speed, to prevent serious injury.

Also do not proving near the type detector in the actual effectively equipment, if when user's hand touches, cutting element must stop very apace to avoid serious injury.For instance, the user may send into a timber with the speed of one foot of an approximate per second by a saw.Suppose that average reaction time approximately is 1/10th seconds, in addition before the user also do not discover, hand may move obviously above one inch.This distance surpasses many fingers that are enough to cause damage, cut off very important vessel and muscle tendon or even cut off a distance that hand is required fully.If one when touching the saw blade of electric saw, a brake is triggered immediately, and this saw blade must be stopped with interior at about centisecond, can be above 1/8th inches with the degree of depth of restriction injury.The magnetic valve of standard or other calutron are not to be designed in such time scale particularly, must produce the occasion of significant role power with interior work substantially.For example, in case with the magnetic valve of the power transmission line power operation of 60Hz or electromagnetic brake, may be when triggering brake, this power supply is the phase place a low-voltage, even arrive sufficiently high level to begin before the actual travelling brake at voltage, experienced many milliseconds, and that distance is reached the target that this saw blade or cutting element are stopped fully is also non-remote.

The concise and to the point announcement

The present invention discloses the security system that is used for power-equipment, this security system comprises a detection system that is suitable for surveying the unsafe condition between the man-machine processing component, similarly be that the people contacts with the accident of processing component, and a reaction system relevant with detection system, this reaction system causes that when detection system detects dangerous situation preconcerted operations take place.This detection system can be suitable for transmitting electric charge and surveying when the quantity of electric charge descends to processing component electric capacity.This reaction system can be the brake system of a braking processing component, a retraction system that regains processing component, and a system that covers processing component, or some other system, this security system comprises other characteristic and the element that has disclosed.

The present invention also discloses the machine of the various the present invention's of being equiped with safe stop system, similarly is electric saw, seam planing tool or the like.These machines include one similarly be section or the processing component of saw blade, one be applicable to that the detection system that is used for detecting dangerous situation between people and the machining parts, one are connected with detection system so that in case detect when dangerous situation takes place and cause a predetermined action at once, similarly being brake system is used for retraction system or a system that is used for covering the machining parts of making the machining parts bounce back with the reaction system that stops these machining parts, one.These machines can comprise a control system that is designed to control the operability of one of them system of processing component, detection system and reaction system or a plurality of systems.This machine comprises other characteristic and the element that is disclosed.

The simple description of drawing

Fig. 1 is the block schematic with machine of rapid action safety system.

Fig. 2 is the sketch of the example security system in the context of the machine that saw blade is arranged.

Fig. 3 is the generalised circuit figure that is used for the electronics subsystem of Fig. 1 security system, and it comprises activating system, and contact detection system and transmitter are interior.

Fig. 4 is the generalised circuit figure of the first alternative electronics subsystem of Fig. 1 security system, and it comprises activating system, and contact detection system and transmitter are interior.

Fig. 5 is the block diagram of the arrangement of the diagram second alternative electronics subsystem.

Fig. 6 is the sketch of the activating system of subsystem among Fig. 5.

Fig. 7 shows when user's finger contacts with saw blade, the example of the signal attenuation of generation.

Fig. 8 is the sensing contact sketch partly of the subsystem of Fig. 5.

Fig. 9 is the sketch of power supply of the subsystem of Fig. 5.

Figure 10 is subsystem boost-voltage regulator part and the emission sketch partly of Fig. 5.

Figure 11 is the motor control sketch partly of the subsystem of Fig. 5.

Figure 12 is the turn-sensitive device sketch partly of the subsystem of Fig. 5.

Figure 13 is the user interface sketch partly of the subsystem of Fig. 5.

Figure 14 is the second, and the block diagram of the 3rd alternative electronics subsystem.

Figure 15 is the sketch of activating system some of the subsystem of Figure 14.

Figure 16 is that sketch is partly surveyed in the contact of the second alternative subsystem of Figure 14.

Figure 17 is that sketch is partly surveyed in the contact of the 3rd alternative subsystem of Figure 14.

Figure 18 is the power supply and the emission system sketch partly of the subsystem of Figure 14.

Figure 19 is the test sketch of the concrete device of an example, and the electric insulation between its demonstration saw blade and cutter shaft and charging panel are fixing is with electric capacity ground and saw blade coupling.What dotted line was shown is to be used for fixing charging panel, the distance piece between charging panel and saw blade, and the bracing frame that is fixed on a contact brush on the cutter shaft unit.Figure 20 is a common amplification view along 20--20 line among Figure 19.In this clarification, the fixed support that is presented among Figure 19 is not shown.

Figure 21 is the diagrammatic cross-sectional view of the concrete device of another example, in this cutter shaft and cutter shaft unit electric insulation and charging panel and cutter shaft Capacitance Coupled.

Figure 22 is the cutter shaft insulation of a demonstration and contractor's formula table saw, and capacity coupled top plan view.

Figure 23 be one usually along cutter shaft center longitudinal axis and from the cutaway view of the concrete device of Figure 22 of seeing away from the position of cutter shaft unit.

Figure 24 is the top plan view of another assembly of cutter shaft that a demonstration is used for charging panel is coupled to the table saw of contractor's formula.

Figure 25 is common cross-sectional view along 25-25 line in Figure 24.

Figure 26 is the side view of further specializing device in the context of band saw.

Figure 27 is usually the cross-sectional view that is exaggerated of 27-27 line in Figure 26.

Figure 28 is that in the context of circle arm saw another surveyed the side view of the specific device that contacts with guardrail.

Figure 29 is a side view of taking back a summary of sawing of compression system.

Figure 30 is a diagrammatic side views of taking back second next door of sawing of compression system.

Figure 31 is a diagrammatic side views of specializing the saw of device with another retraction system.

Figure 32 is to use the cutaway view of the retraction system of deformable axle sleeve.

Figure 33 is a diagrammatic side views of taking back the mitre saw of compression system.

Figure 34 is the cutaway view of the mitre saw that is shown of Figure 33.

Figure 35 shows the specific device of another mitre saw with retraction system.

Figure 36 shows the sketch of the retraction system that uses a spring retraction cutting element.

Figure 37 is the cutaway view of the shown retraction system of Figure 36.

Figure 38 also is the cutaway view of the shown retraction system of Figure 36.

Figure 39 is a sketch of taking back the band saw of compression system.

Figure 40 is the top graph of employed cylinder in the shown system of Figure 39.

Figure 41 is the sketch of security system of Fig. 2 that comprises the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 42 is the sketch of security system of Fig. 2 that comprises the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 43 is the sketch of security system of Fig. 2 that comprises the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 44 is the sketch of security system of Fig. 2 that comprises the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 45 is the sketch of security system of Fig. 2 that comprises the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 46 is the top plan view fragment of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 47 is the top plan view fragment of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 48 is the side view fragment of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 49 is the side view fragment of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 50 is the side view fragment of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 51 is the side view fragment of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 52 is the side view cutaway drawing of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 53 is the end-view of Figure 52 braking mechanism.

Figure 54 is the side view cutaway drawing of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 55 is the side view cutaway drawing of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 56 is the top plan view of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 57 is the side view of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 58 is the bottom view of Figure 57 braking mechanism.

Figure 59 is the side view of the braking mechanism of another spring bias voltage.

Figure 60 is the side view that comprises the braking mechanism of a pawl.

Figure 61 is the side view of another braking mechanism of part.

Figure 62 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 63 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 64 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 65 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 66 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 67 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 68 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 69 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 70 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 71 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 72 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 73 is the side view of another pawl.

Figure 74 is the side view of another braking mechanism.

Figure 75 is the side view of another braking mechanism.

Figure 76 is the side view of another braking mechanism.

Figure 77 is the side view of another braking mechanism.

Figure 78 is the top plan view of the braking mechanism of Figure 77.

Figure 79 one has the side view of the braking mechanism of translation pawl.

Figure 80 is another side view with braking mechanism of translation pawl.

Figure 81 is another side view with braking mechanism of translation pawl.

Figure 82 is another side view with braking mechanism of translation pawl.

Figure 83 one comprises the side view of the braking mechanism of plural pawl.

Figure 84 is the side view fragment of another braking mechanism that comprises plural pawl.

Figure 85 is the top plan view of another braking mechanism.

Figure 86 shows the possible design of fusible member.

Figure 87 shows the various concrete device of fusible member.

Figure 88 shows the concrete device of the emission subsystem that is used with the machine with rapid action safety system.

Figure 89 shows the concrete device of another emission subsystem.

Figure 90 still shows the concrete device of another emission subsystem.

Figure 91 shows an emission subsystem that is installed on the printed circuit board.

Figure 92 shows a cutaway view that is used to launch the electrode of subsystem.

Figure 93 is presented at an emission subsystem in the cartridge that is used with the machine with rapid action safety system.

Figure 94 shows two electrodes that contact with fusible member.

Figure 95 shows the data drawing list about the time of the electric wire that fuses under various conditions.

Figure 96 also shows the data drawing list about the time of the electric wire that fuses under various conditions.

Figure 97 also shows the data drawing list about the time of the electric wire that fuses under various conditions.

Figure 98 shows the data drawing list about the time of the electric wire that fuses under various conditions.

Figure 99 shows that one can allow the blast of emission subsystem triggering fill out medicine.

Figure 100 is a side view fragment that is accommodated in the security system of the replaceable braking mechanism in the cartridge.

Figure 101 is the side view of another cartridge inside.

Figure 102 is the isometric drawing of the cartridge of Figure 101.

Figure 103 be a pawl with the saw blade position of engagement on the side view of Figure 101 cartridge.

Figure 104 is the side view of another cartridge.

Figure 105 is the isometric drawing of the inside of another cartridge.

Figure 106 is the isometric drawing of variation of the cartridge of Figure 105.

Figure 107 is the isometric drawing that shows the cartridge that is installed in the Figure 106 in the machine.

Figure 108 is the side view fragment of another cartridge.

Figure 109 is the side view fragment of another cartridge.

Figure 110 is the side view of brake navigation system.

Figure 111 is the side view that can regulate the brake navigation system.

Figure 112 is along the 112-112 line, the cutaway view of figure 111 brake navigation systems.

Figure 113 is along the 113-113 line, the cutaway view of figure 111 brake navigation systems.

Figure 114 is a saw blade--the circuit diagram of the space measurement system of pawl.

Figure 115 is the side view of another brake navigation system.

Figure 116 is the isometric drawing of another brake navigation system.

Figure 117 is the top view fragment of another brake navigation system.

Figure 118 is the flow chart of an example self-test logic sequence.

Figure 119A-C is the flow chart of an example self-test and the sequence of operation.

Figure 120 is the block schematic of a logic controller.

Figure 121 is the sketch of user interface.

Figure 122 is the sketch of an emission capacitor charging and test circuit.

Figure 123 is the block schematic of logic controller.

Figure 124 is the sketch of an emission capacitor charging and test circuit.

Figure 125 is one and is suitable for measuring the isometric drawing of pawl to the example pawl of saw blade spacing.

Figure 126 is one and is used for measuring the sketch of saw blade to the example circuit of pawl spacing.

Figure 127 is the part cutaway view of an example magnetic sensor assembly, and here, cutter shaft is not in cutaway view.

Figure 128 is the sketch of an example circuit that uses with magnetic sensor assembly.

Figure 129 is the sketch of an example EMF sensor cluster.

Figure 130 is the part cutaway view of an example optical sensor components, and here, cutter shaft is not in cutaway view.

Figure 131 is the side view of another optical sensor components.

Figure 132 is along the 132-132 line, the cutaway view of another example optical sensor components of figure 131.

Figure 133 is the sketch of an example circuit that uses with optical sensor components.

Figure 134 is the part cutaway view of an example electric transducer assembly, and here, cutter shaft is not in cutaway view.

Figure 135 is the sketch of another electric transducer assembly.

Figure 136 is a side view that has the round arm saw of security system.

Figure 137 is one and has the mitre saw of security system or the side view of chopping saw.

Figure 138 is a side view that has the pneumatic amputating saw of security system.

Figure 139 is a side view that has the pneumatic amputating saw of another security system.

Figure 140 is a side view that has the pneumatic amputating saw of another second security system.

Figure 141 is the fracture side view of a reaction system.

Figure 142 is the sketch of another reaction system.

Figure 143 is the cutaway view along the 143-143 line of Figure 142 of the band-like body of Figure 142 reaction system.

Figure 144 is the top side view of the hook of band-like body end among a Figure 143.

Figure 145 is a sketch that is used to stop another reaction system of saw blade.

Figure 146 is a sketch that is used to break into pieces another reaction system of sawtooth.

Figure 147 is a top graph that is used to twine another reaction system of sawtooth.

Figure 148 shows a lid that is used for the reaction system of Figure 147.

Figure 149 shows a table saw.

Figure 150 is the diagrammatic side views of a side of a table saw that has a security system of having improved.

Figure 151 is the diagrammatic side views of second side of sawing of Figure 150.

Figure 152 looks sketch in the end of the table saw of Figure 150.

Figure 153 is the schematic perspective view of the table saw of Figure 150.

Figure 154 is a diagrammatic side views that has the mitre saw of the security system of having improved.

Figure 155 is the top plan sectional view of the mitre saw of Figure 154.

Figure 156 is the side view of another mitre saw.

Figure 157 is the side view of another mitre saw.

Figure 158 is the side view of another mitre saw.

Figure 159 is the side view of another mitre saw.

Figure 160 is the cutaway view fragment of an electric insulation saw blade.

Figure 161 is the side view of the example instrument of a safety arrestment in the context of table saw.

Figure 162 is the side view of the example instrument of a safety arrestment in the context of annular saw.

Figure 163 is the side view of the example instrument of a safety arrestment in the context of band saw.

Figure 164 is the close-up view of the security system of Figure 163.

The announcement of detailed description of the invention and best mode

Fig. 1 illustrates a machine that comprises security system, and this machine integral body is to number 10 representatives.Machine 10 can be to be applicable to timber, one of a series of different machines of workpiece such as plastics.These machines comprise the table saw, mitre saw, broken saw, line-bar resaw, annular saw, band saw, seam planing tool, planer etc.Machine 10 comprises a motor apparatus 16 that contains the running structure of cutting element 14 and be used for driving cutting element, and machine 10 comprises that also is used for lowering a security system 18 that machine 10 is made the potential grievous injury of the person of having.Security system 18 is used for surveying the generation using machine 10 one or more dangerous situations of process.If similarly dangerous situation is detected, security system 18 will be used to mesh running structure 12 and limit any injury of dangerous situation to the user.

Machine 10 comprises that also is used in a power source 20 that drives rotating device 12 and security system 18.Power source 20 both can be the external power source such as line current, also can be the internal electric source such as power supply.Also a kind of situation is the power source 20 that is formed by inside and external power source combination.Further, power source 20 may comprise two or more detachment dynamic sources, and each power source is used for different part in the driven machine 10.From realizing herein: based on the type of machine 10, running structure 12 can adopt multiple in can not form any kind.For example, running structure 12 can comprise that a design supports the fixedly casing of the motor apparatus 16 that is used to mesh cutting element 14.Another kind of possibility is that running structure 12 comprises a movably structure, and this structural design is carried cutting element 14 and travelled to and fro between between a plurality of operating positions.Do further to change, running structure 12 can comprise one or more conveying mechanisms.This class mechanism is used for workpiece shifted near and/or move apart cutting element 14.

Motor apparatus 16 comprises one or more motors, and they are used for driving cutting element 14, and motor can be to be connected with cutting element directly or indirectly, and also can be used for driving workpiece transfer mechanism.Cutting element 14 generally comprises one or more blades, or other are used to cut or excise the partly suitable cutting element of workpiece.The concrete form of cutting element 14 depends on the different concrete forms with machine 10.For example, at table saw, mitre saw, cutting element 14 generally comprises one or more rotating saw blades in annular saw and the line-bar resaw, and these saw blades prolong the saw blade edge and contain and use numerous sawtooth.In seam planing tool or planer, cutting element generally comprises a plurality of saw blades that are provided with at interval along radial direction.The cutting element of band saw then comprise one long and narrow, annular and have the saw band of sawtooth.

Security system 18 comprises that one is surveyed subsystem 22, one reactions subsystem 24 and a control subsystem 26.Control subsystem 26 can be used for receiving and comprises from surveying subsystem 22, reaction subsystem 24, numerous sources such as running structure 12 and motor apparatus 16 and the input signal that comes.The control subsystem also can comprise one or more sensors that are used for monitoring machinery 10 selected parameters.In addition, control subsystem 26 generally comprises one or more by the device that the author is operated be used for controlling machine.

Survey subsystem 22 designs and be used for surveying one or more danger or triggering states in using machine 10.For example, survey subsystem can design be used for surveying user's health a part jeopardously near or contacted with the part of cutting element 14.In another example, the detection subsystem can design and be used for surveying the workpiece fast moving that is caused by the cutting element recoil.In some concrete forms, surveying subsystem 22 can be with dangerous situation notice control subsystem 26.Control subsystem activating reaction subsystem 24 subsequently in other concrete form, is surveyed subsystem and can be used for direct activating reaction subsystem.

In case activated by dangerous situation, reaction subsystem 24 is designed to engagement rapidly and turns round structure 12 to prevent the grievous injury to the user.From realizing herein, the concrete reaction that reaction subsystem 24 is adopted will be depended on the type of machine 10 and/or the dangerous situation that is detected.For example, reaction subsystem 24 can be designed to take following one or more action: stop the motion of cutting element 14, cutting motor apparatus 16 is connected with the power of power source 20, puts into to stop object between cutting element and user.Or cutting element drawn back from its run location etc.The reaction subsystem can be designed to take combination any or how certain step to protect the user to avoid grievous injury.These will be described in more detail below.

The design form of reaction subsystem 24 generally depends on the action that it will be taked.In the example that Fig. 1 painted, reaction subsystem 24 is used to stop moving of cutting element 14.It comprises 30, one limiting mechanisms 32 of 28, one biasing mechanisms of an arrestment mechanism, and a relieving mechanism 34.Arrestment mechanism 28 is to be used for engagement running structure 12 under the promotion of biasing mechanism 30.Under the normal operation situation of machine 10, limiting mechanism 32 keeps arrestment mechanism and running structure in non-engagement state.Yet when reaction after subsystem 24 receives activation signal, relieving mechanism 34 is discharged arrestment mechanism by limiting mechanism, subsequently, arrestment mechanism promptly with at least a portion running structure engages with the braking cutting element.

Those will be realized the logical slightly people of present technique: depend on the type and the design of the structure 12 that turns round, example shown in Fig. 1 and above-mentioned explanation can be realized by various mode.Now notice is turned to Fig. 2, this figure has showed one of numerous possibility embodiment of security system 18.System 18 is designed to be meshed with a running structure, and this running structure contains a shape as being contained in the cutting element of the saw blade 40 on a power transmission shaft or the cutter shaft 42.Saw blade 40 comprises numerous sawtooth (not illustrating among the figure) that are arranged in the saw blade outer rim.As following more detailed description, arrestment mechanism 28 is used to mesh the rotation of the sawtooth of saw blade 40 with the braking saw blade.Other system that is used to brake cutting element also will be illustrated following.Further, security system 18 will be hereinafter given with each particular type of machine 10 and is shown explanation.

In example, survey subsystem 22 and be used to survey the user and be about to too in the dangerous condition of saw blade 40 contacts.This detection system comprises one as contact detecting plate 44 sensor device the same with 46, and this detecting plate contacts with any of saw blade to survey user's health with saw blade 40 Capacitance Coupled.In general, other of big parts of some of saw blade or cutting element 14 and machine 10 partly is electric insulation.In another approach, survey subsystem 22 and can comprise the different sensors device that is designed to adopt alternate manner detection contact.These modes comprise optical detection or resistance detection etc.Under any circumstance, surveying subsystem is used to contact with saw blade afterwards and send signal to controlling subsystem detecting the user.Survey the various concrete device of subsystem 22 and embodiment and more detailed description arranged following.

The control subsystem comprises one or more by the device 48 of user's operation with 40 motions of control saw blade.Device 48 can comprise startup/shutdown switch, speed control, direction control etc.Control subsystem 26 also connects the logic controller 50 of a reception via user's input of device 48.Logic controller 50 also connects to come to receive the contact detectable signal next by surveying subsystem 22.Further, this logic controller can be designed to receive by such as the saw blade motion sensor, the input signal in other source such as workpiece sensor.Under any circumstance, this logic controller is designed to respond via the user who installs 48 and imports with control running structure 12.Yet after receiving the contact detectable signal that comes by surveying subsystem 22, control input that this logic controller override is come by the user and activating reaction subsystem 24 are with the motion of braking saw blade.Control various concrete device of subsystem 26 and embodiment have a more detailed explanation following.

In example device, arrestment mechanism 28 comprises a sawtooth that is installed near and the alternative pawl 60 that moves in saw cutter 40 edges with engagement and clamping saw cutter.Pawl 60 can be made by any material that is suitable for meshing and brake the saw cutter.For example, pawl can be by the picture Merlon, and ultra high molecular polyethylene (UHMW) or acrylonitrile butadienestyrene copolymer (ABS) etc. has the thermoplastic material of higher-strength to be made, or by such as aluminium, waits metal material to make.Can realize, the structure of pawl 60 depends on the design form of saw blade 40.Under any circumstance, pawl can be biased the form propelling saw blade of mechanism with spring 66.In example embodiment shown in Figure 2, pawl 60 is rotated in the sawtooth of saw blade 40.Be to be understood that the slip of pawl 60 or rolling also can be used.Spring is used to pawl 60 be advanced the sawtooth of saw blades so that clamp saw blade and make it to stop rapidly with the strength of filling part.

The limiting member that in form is fusible member 70 makes pawl leave the saw blade edge.Fusible member is to be made with the bias voltage of constraint from 66 pairs of pawls of spring by the material that is fit to, and can melt under the current density that limits.The suitable material that is used for fusible material 70 comprises for example nichrome material, STAINLESS STEEL WIRE etc.Fusible member is connected in pawl and contacts between the terminal 72.Be more preferably, structure 70 remains on the place advanced with the saw blade edge with pawl, must mobile distance with saw blade 40 engagement institutes so that can reduce pawl 60.Pawl is placed on the time that reduces pawl engagement and braking saw blade institute palpus with nearer position, saw blade edge.In general, pawl remained on by fusible member 70 and the saw blade edge between 1/32 inch to 1/4 inch, certainly, other pawl--the saw blade spacing also can be used.

Emission subsystem 76 excites or excites ready position to discharge to mesh with saw blade 40 by non-pawl 60.This emission subsystem with contact that terminal 72 links to each other and by technology become by to fusible member transmission surge current with

Fusing fusible member 70.The signal activation that reflection subsystem 76 links to each other with logic controller 50 and quilt is come by logic controller.When this logic controller received the contact detectable signal next by surveying subsystem 22, this logic controller sent activation signals to emission subsystem 76, emission subsystem fusing fusible member 70, thus the release pawl is with the braking saw blade.Reaction various concrete device of subsystem 24 and embodiment have a more detailed description following.

It will be appreciated that: activate arrestment mechanism and need change a part or manifold security system 18.For example, before security system was ready to be reused, pawl 60 and fusible member 70 must be replaced usually.So, wish a part or many parts of security system 18 are produced in the cartridge so that change.For example, in example device for carrying out said shown in Figure 2, security system 18 comprises the replaceable cartridge 80 of a band outer cover 82.Pawl 60, spring 66, fusible member 70 and contact terminal 72 all are installed in 82 li of outer covers.Another kind method is that the other parts of security system all are contained in the outer cover.Under any circumstance, after reaction system was activated, security system can cartridge is after 80s to be reduced changing.The part that is loaded into cartridge in the security system 18 can be changed respectively or suitably is reused.Use the concrete device and the embodiment of the various security systems of replaceable cartridge to illustrate in greater detail following.

Though a kind of specific embodiments of security system 18 is illustrated, it is possible will realizing numerous distortion and modification.Several example device of security system 18, are arranged with the various design of partly giving an example in following all explanations, use and the respectively combination of the security system of announcement of planting.For the purpose of clear, following explanation is aligned to the chapters and sections with general explanation title.These chapters and sections are: chapters and sections 1: detectable signal characteristic and circuit chapters and sections 2: the detection chapters and sections 3 of precarious position: solvable system chapters and sections 4: spring--bias voltage brakes chapters and sections 5: braking mechanism chapters and sections 6: emission subsystem chapters and sections 7: replaceable braking cartridge chapters and sections 8: brake set chapters and sections 9: logic control chapters and sections 10: motion detection chapters and sections 11: translation braking chapters and sections 12: cutting element dismounting chapters and sections 13: table saw chapters and sections 14: mitre saw chapters and sections 15: annular saw

Will be understood that: chapters and sections and title just are used for to this announcement provides file structure, and should not be understood as that and limit this announcement by any way.For example, when the various example cartridge of chapters and sections 7 explanation, chapters and sections 7 also can illustrate other element.Further, other several chapters and sections also will illustrate the example device of cartridge. Chapters and sections 1: detectable signal characteristic and circuit

Mention as above-mentioned, some examples of security system 18 are to comprise that a contact surveys subsystem 22.This detection subsystem may adopt various any one in multi-form.As shown in Figure 3, an example contact subsystem comprises an electronics subsystem 100.Electronics subsystem 100 is used to work with two plate capacitive coupled system that will illustrate in following chapters and sections 2.Electronics subsystem 100 comprises that an excitation system 101 and one monitor or sensing contact system 102.Certainly, concerning the people of the technology that is well up on electronics so, the design of the example of electronics subsystem 100 shown in Figure 3 is one of many spendable designs.So, will be understood that any suitable concrete device or design all may be used.

As shown in Figure 3, excitation system 101 comprises that one can produce such as amplitude 12V, and frequency is near the oscillating circuit of the square-wave input signal of 200KHZ.In other method, excitation system 101 can be designed to produce the signal of different frequency and/or various amplitude and/or different wave.This oscillator is formed a bistable oscillator by one of CD4040 to phase inverter 103,104.The output of phase inverter 103 links to each other with the input of phase inverter 104 via 100pF electric capacity 105 and 100K resistance 106.A 10K resistance 107 is connected between the tie point of phase inverter 104 outputs and electric capacity 105 and resistance 106.The output of phase inverter 104 links to each other with the input of phase inverter 103.A 10K resistance 108 connects output and another input of anti-phase 109 of phase inverter 103.This phase inverter is to drive the incoming wave signal of delivering to saw blade as output buffer.20K resistance 110 is used for the radio-frequency component of deamplification to reduce any moment vibration of input signal.

To realize, the particular form of oscillator signal can change, and many suitable waveforms and frequency can be used.Can select for use and doubly make an uproar than reaching maximum waveform.For example, can select a frequency for use, human body has minimum impedance under this frequency, or has the highest capacitance with respect to desiring the cut workpiece human body.As an extra change, can utilize under high frequency asymmetrical signals make edge wood and human body electrical characteristics have potential than big difference character and need not significantly increase radio transmit power.For example, need not increase the radio transmission energy, utilize 250KHZ, but the square wave of dutycycle 5 percent can produce a signal with high frequency characteristics higher 10 times than fundamental frequency.In addition, also have and much different to know and also to be applicable to the oscillator of generation pumping signal in this technical field institute that behaves.

Deliver to charging panel 44 by the input signal that oscillator produces by shielded cable 111.Shielded cable 111 plays isolated input signal and is transferred to charging panel 44 with the work that is present in any electrical noise in the operating environment in order to the input signal of guaranteeing one " totally ".And shielded cable can reduce and drives signal and be detected cross (talk) between signal.This cross (talk) can produce when cable is close mutually.In addition, other method also can be used to stop the noise in the input signal.Further select as one, surveillance 102 can comprise a wave filter, can be recharged the noise that plate 46 detects with any noise in the removal input signal or other.Also can reduce radio radiation with respect to unshielded cable 111.

As more detailed description in following chapters and sections 2, input signal is coupled to charging panel 46 by saw blade 40 by charging panel 44.As shown in Figure 3, the signal that is received by charging panel 46 is sent to surveillance 102 by shielding line 112, and this surveillance is designed to survey by user's health and contacts with saw blade and the signal that causes changes.Will be understood that: surveillance 102 can be made by numerous different design structures.In example dress device shown in Figure 3, surveillance 102 is compared the amplitude of the input signal that charging panel 46 is received with a reference voltage that limits.Reach certain hour when restriction when charging panel 46 received input signals are lower than reference voltage, this surveillance produces the output signal of a dereaction subsystem 24.The reaction subsystem is designed to receive this output signal and begins immediately to do in order to the braking saw blade.

Depend on various factors, the particular element of surveillance 102 can be different.These factors comprise application, institute's palpus sensitivity, the availability of element, the voltage type that can make etc.In an example device, a shielded cable 112 is connected between charging panel 46 and the divider 113.Divider 113 is connected in series with the 1M resistance 114,115 of supply voltage (general about 12 volts) between ground wire by two and forms.The output signal that this divider will be by charging panel 46 comes causes half mean value of supply voltage partially.The signal that is caused partially is sent to the positive input terminal of operational amplifier 116.Operational amplifier 116 can be at one of this technical field many suitable operational amplifiers well known.An example of this class A amplifier A is---TL082 operational amplifier, the negative input end of this operational amplifier links to each other with reference voltage source 117.In this example device, this reference voltage source is made up of a polyphone and a 10K potentiometer of 119,120 of two 10K resistance.Two 10K resistance 119,120 are connected respectively to ground wire and supply voltage source.One 0.47uF electric capacity 121 is exported in order to stable reference voltage.

Those those skilled in the art that will understand that the function of operational amplifier 116 is just like a comparator that is used for input signal and reference voltage.Generally speaking, Voltage Reference is transferred to the low slightly numerical value of self-charging plate 46 maximum input signal voltages recently.As a result, when the signal voltage from charging panel was lower than reference voltage, this operational amplifier was output as low.When from the signal voltage of charging panel during greater than reference voltage, this operational amplifier is output as height.Be that the output of operational amplifier 116 will be a similar periodic signal under the occasion of periodic signal of a square wave that is produced as excitation system 101 at input signal.Yet when the user touched saw blade, maximum input signal voltage can reduce to the level that is lower than reference voltage, and the output of operational amplifier can not raise again.

The output of operational amplifier 116 links to each other with a charging circuit 122.Charging circuit 122 comprises a 240uF electric capacity 123 that is connected between operational amplifier 116 outputs and the ground wire.A 100K discharge resistance is in electric capacity 123 parallel connections.When operational amplifier 116 is output as when high, electric capacity 123 is recharged.On the contrary, when operational amplifier 116 is output as when low, come the electric charge of self-capacitance 123 to be released by the time constant of resistance 123 with about 24 microseconds.Thereby, removing noncapacitive 123 by charging from the pulse repetitiousness of operational amplifier, the voltage on the capacitor 123 will be discharged in the time of about 25-50 microsecond and be less than half size of supply voltage.Diode 125 prevents that electric capacity is to operational amplifier 96 discharges.Diode 125 can be one of familiar many diodes in present technique field, similarly is the IN914 diode.Can realize, 123 palpuses of electric capacity can be regulated by the mode of selecting different numerical value electric capacity or different numerical value resistance 124 discharge time.

As above-mentioned explanation, in fact from its reference value decay at operational amplifier 116, charging circuit 122 will be charged by repetitiousness as long as be detected that signal is received, and the voltage of crossing over electric capacity 123 will remain on high-voltage state.Come the voltage of self-capacitance 123 to be applied to the negative input end of operational amplifier 126.Operational amplifier 126 can be to appoint at one of known many operational amplifiers of this technical field, similarly is the TL082 operational amplifier.The positive input terminal of operational amplifier 126 is connected with a reference voltage, and this reference voltage approximates half size of supply voltage greatly.In example device shown in Figure 3, this reference voltage is provided by reference voltage source 117.

As long as charging circuit 122 is charged again, the output of operational amplifier 126 will be for low.Yet, if the output of operational amplifier 116 did not raise in a period of time of 25--50 microsecond, the voltage of crossing over electric capacity 123 will decay to less than reference voltage, and operational amplifier 126 will export a high voltage with contacting between demonstration user health and saw blade.As illustrating in greater detail in following chapters and sections 4--6, the output signal of operational amplifier 126 is connected and starts reaction subsystem 24, and stops saw blade.But the time length nationality between contact and startup reaction system is by selecting the electric capacity 123 and the mode of the time constant of resistance 124 to be regulated.

It should be noted that: depend on size, sawtooth number and the position that contacts with the operator on structure and the saw blade, electrically contacting between operator and the saw blade will often be intermittent.Therefore, this system surveys contact institute and must should be less than or equal a sawtooth and the user points or other position contacts time the time.For example, the saw blade of supposing one 10 inches rotates with the speed that per minute 4000 changes, and the contact distance is approximately 1/4th inches (one is about the width of a finger), more lip-deep at saw blade, it similarly is the crown of sawtooth, about 100 microseconds will be contacted with the user, after time of contact, a noncontact time will be had usually till next sawtooth arrives finger at this section.The length of contact and noncontact time will depend on such as sawtooth number and the such factor of saw blade rotary speed.

Though can detect and the contacting not necessarily of first sawtooth, it is preferable mode.Because to time interval of second sawtooth for the less relatively saw blade of sawtooth number, may be quite long.Say that further any delay in the detection all can increase the depth of cut that the operator bears.Therefore, in this example device, even charging circuit is designed in about 25--50 microsecond decay to guarantee that detection system 102 can be to the reaction to some extent that contacts also of moment between user and saw blade.Further, oscillator is designed to produce the 200KHZ signal of per 5 microsecond pulsatile onces.As a result, contact each time can produce several pulses of input signal, takes this to increase the possibility that contact is surveyed.Another kind method is that this oscillator and charging circuit can be designed to make the detection system reaction faster or slower.Generally speaking, the reliability that total hope is surveyed contact reaches maximum degree, makes the possibility of mistake detection drop to very low simultaneously.

As mentioned above, depend on the size of sawtooth and arrange that contacting between user's health and saw blade 64 sawtooth may be intermittent.Surveillance 102 is designed to detect contact in the 25--50 microsecond in the so short time usually, in case but the activation signal that the health of first sawtooth of saw blade by the user received by second circuit may return to normal condition till next sawtooth and user's Body contact.As a result, though the output signal of operational amplifier 126 will raise because of contact for the first time, in case contact finishes for the first time, this output signal may be got back to low-potential state.As a result, output signal may fail to keep under high potential the sufficiently long time to start reaction system.For example, if output signal does not keep the sufficiently long time to discharge subsystem 76 to excite under high potential, fusible member 70 may not can melt.Thereby surveillance 102 can be provided with the pulse extensor of the charging circuit 127 of a shape such as similar charging circuit 122 at operational amplifier 126 outputs.In case operational amplifier 126 produces a high potential output signal, charging circuit 127 is used for guaranteeing that this output signal keeps high potential in the long enough time, discharging charge storage devices maturely, and melts fusible member.In this example device, charging circuit 127 comprise a cross-over connection between operational amplifier 126 output and power ground 0.47uF electric capacity 128.When operational amplifier 126 was output as high potential, electric capacity 128 chargings 128 charged to the output signal size.

If electronegative potential is got back in operational amplifier 126 outputs, the voltage on the electric capacity 128 passes through 10K resistance 129 with about 4.The time constant discharge of 7 microseconds.One for example is that the diode of IN914 can prevent electric capacity 128 by 126 discharges of computing discharger, even this pulse extensor assurance and single sawtooth of short duration contacts the startup that also will cause reaction system.

Said system can detect the generation of contact and start reaction system with interior in about 50 microseconds.The same as describing in detail at following chapters and sections 4--6, in the context of reaction system braking saw blade, brake can be approximately less than 100 microseconds and lack in the time that causes 20 microseconds and discharge.Brake contacts with saw blade in about 1 to 3 millisecond.Saw blade will stop after the brake engagement that is no more than 2--10MS usually.As a result, when accident touches cutting element, be reduced to minimum degree for operator's injury.Through suitably selecting element, might in 2MS or shorter time, brake saw blade.

Though activating system and monitor 102 example device as above classical works illustrated by particular element and with specific structural arrangement with special value, can appreciate that these systems can according to a certain specific with speed use need or preference with multiple different structure, element and numerical value are built suitable finishing.Above-mentioned structure, element and numerical value are used for just illustrating that one has been proved to be and is effective specific embodiments, should be regarded as explanation of the present invention rather than limitation of the present invention.

Fig. 4 shows activating system 101 and surveillance 102, and another alternative device of the emission system 76 that will be illustrated at following chapters and sections 6.It similarly is that the same comparator of LM393 comparator 133 produces a square-wave signal with one only that alternative activating system 101 is designed to.A 1M resistance 134 is connected between the high input and a low-voltage source V of comparator 133.1M resistance 136 connects with the high input of comparator and between exporting.A 100NF electric capacity 136 is connected between low input of comparator and the ground wire.A 27K resistance 138 is connected between low input of comparator and the output.One 3.3K resistance 139 is connected between low-voltage source V and the comparator output terminal.Alternative oscillator shown in Figure 6 produces the square wave that a frequency is approximately 3--500KHZ.1K resistance 140 is connected in 111 of comparator output terminal and shielded cables to reduce ringing.Can be by understanding in this explanation: the numerical value of one or more elements can be changed with generation and have different frequency in the alternative system 101, the signal of waveform or the like.

As above-mentioned example device, the signal that alternative activating system 101 is produced is sent to charging panel 44 by shielding line 111, and this signal will be capacitively coupled to charging panel 40 by saw blade 40.Alternative surveillance 102 is accepted to compare from the signal of charging panel 46 and with reference voltage by shielding line 112.If this signal is lower than reference voltage in general about 25 microsecond times, will produce of the generation of an output signal with signal saw blade and user's Body contact.

Alternative surveillance 102 comprises a divider 113 of being made up of 22K resistance 141 and 142.This divider is to giving bias voltage to make it to reach half of low voltage power supply source V via cable 112 received signals.Resistance 141,142 usefulness that have than low resistance with respect to resistance 114,115 reduce the 60HZ noise, and this is because low frequency signal has been attenuated.This biased signal is sent to the negative input end of second comparator that is similar to the LM393 comparator.The positive input terminal of comparator 143 links to each other with reference voltage source 143.In described concrete device, this reference voltage source is to be made up of the potentiometer that is series at 146,147 of two 100K resistance.Resistance 146,147 is connected between low-voltage source V and the ground wire.A 0.1uF electric capacity 148 is stablized the output of this reference voltage.As previous, this reference voltage is used for adjusting the trigger point.

It is the triode 149 of the NPN dipole of 2N3904 triode for example that the output of second comparator 143 is connected to one.The base stage of this triode 149 also is connected to low-voltage source V via a 100K resistance 150, and links to each other with ground wire by a 220uF electric capacity 151.Potentiometer 145 be adjusted so that the current potential of comparator 143 positive input terminals be lower than slightly when between saw blade and the user's health when contactless at the peak value of the received signal of negative input end of second comparator.Therefore, the high circulation of each of signal causes second comparator output electronegative potential, and makes electric capacity 151 discharges.As long as contact between user's health and saw blade, the output of second comparator can continue as low, to prevent that capacitor 151 charges by resistance 150 and with triode 149 connections.Yet when user's health contacted with saw blade or other insulation component, the signal that the negative input end of second comparator is received maintained the reference potential that is lower than at positive terminal, and the output of second comparator maintains high potential.As a result, electric capacity 151 can charge and connects triode 149 by resistance 150.

The colelctor electrode of triode 149 links to each other with voltage source V, and repellel links to each other with 680 Europe resistance 152.When triode 149 was connected, it was by the output signal of an about 40mA of resistance 152 supplies, and this output signal is sent to substituting emission system 76.To elaborate at following chapters and sections 6, substituting radiating circuit comprises that being connected in high voltage source HV and one for example is fusible member 76 between the NTE5552 silicon controlled controllable silicon 613.This silicon controlled gate pole links to each other with resistance 152.Therefore, when triode 149 was switched on, the about 40mA electric current that flows through resistance 152 was opened controllable silicon SCR 613, so that high voltage source HV discharges to ground wire by fusible member 70.In case controllable silicon SCR is switched on, as long as remaining on, the electric current by fusible member 70 is higher than the keeping more than the electric current of about 40mA, removed even lead to the electric current of gate pole end, it will continue conducting.Therefore, this controllable silicon is melted guide current or high-voltage power supply is depleted or removed up to this fusible member by fusible member.This controllable silicon fact that still can keep conducting that in a single day is triggered makes it still make a short pulse also produce reaction by 152 pairs of resistance.

Fig. 4 also illustrates an electric feed system 154 of example, and this system is designed to provide low-voltage source V and high voltage source HV from standard 120VAC line voltage.Electric power supply source system 154 is connected to alternative activating system 101, and alternative surveillance 102 and alternative emission system 76 provide low-voltage source V and high voltage source HV.This line voltage by one 100 Europe resistance 155 with one for example the diode 156 of IN4002 diode link to each other with a 1000uF charge storaging capacitor 157.This diode is the anodal part by line voltage only, takes this electric capacity 157 and is charged to current potential with respect to the about 160V of ground wire.The positive terminal of electric capacity 157 plays high voltage source HV and links to each other with fusible member 70.Contact between saw blade and user's health and during conducting controllable silicon 613 when detecting, be stored in electric charge in the electric capacity 157 by the fusible member discharge till the fusible member fusing.Can be understood by this paper explanation: the big I of electric capacity 157 changes according to fusing 70 palpus electric currents of fusible member.Described in chapters and sections 6, use a high-voltage capacitance can cause a very big current surge, thereby, make fusible member and fuse quickly than using low-voltage system.

The positive terminal of electric capacity 157 also provides a step-down transformer power supply with as low-voltage source V.This low-voltage source comprises that one is connected in electric capacity 157 positive terminals and anti-phase 40V it is received between the diode 159.The effect of diode 159 is to keep a relatively-stationary 40V electromotive force at this diode and resistance 158 joints.As can be seen, the flow through electric current of 12K resistance approximately will be 10mA.The major part of this electric current is used by this low-tension supply, and this low-tension supply needs a relatively-stationary electric current that is approximately 8mA.It should be noted that though resistance 158 and diode 159 discharge some electric currents from electric capacity 157, the line voltage source continues to recharge to keep the high voltage supply to this electric capacity.0.1NF electric capacity 160 and the diode 159 40V voltages with buffering diode in parallel, this diode is connected to such as is the input of the adjustable voltage-stablizer 161 of LM317 Voltagre regulator then.Be connected in a 1K Europe resistance of output and adjustable side and be connected in the adjustable side and ground wire between the resistance value ratio of the 22K resistance output voltage that is used to regulate voltage-stablizer 161 be set in about about 30V.50uF electric capacity 164 is connected in voltage-stablizer 161 outputs and brings in temporary enough electric charges and be used for the very brief 40A pulse of conducting controllable silicon 613 to guarantee that this low-voltage source V can provide.Described low-voltage source owing to it low cost and simple in structurely have an advantage.

It should be noted that when high-voltage power supply HV was discharged by fusible member 70, the input voltage of source of stable pressure 161 may temporarily drop to and be lower than below the 30V, thereby, the corresponding decline of low-voltage source V caused.Yet, because reaction system has been triggered, the function as it no longer needs to continue as previously mentioned for detection system, the general who has surrendered can not hurt the function of security system 18 under the current potential of any low-voltage source V.

The personage who is familiar with electrical technology can understand: activating system 101, monitoring system 102, the alternative example device of emission system 76 and electric power supply system 154 can be placed in a single substrate and/or the single encapsulation.In addition, the special value of above-mentioned various components can be looked its application and be changed.

Fig. 3, a limitation of surveillance shown in 4 is: when coming when the signal amplitude of charging panel 46 is lower than a predetermined threshold, they just start reaction system.In most of the cases, reliable trigger mechanism of this representative.Yet, when the green wood of cutting, an electric capacity that significantly increases, resistive load is coupled to saw blade.Moisture in the green wood makes it to have very high dielectric constant, and with respect to desiccated wood and electric conductivity.In fact, when the non-evergreen timber of cutting, for example be higher than 50% moisture composition, the signal amplitude on the charging panel 46 can drop to the level of the signal amplitude when contacting with saw blade with respect to the user.Therefore, Fig. 3, the system constraint in 4 they protective capabilities when handling green wood.

Another is used for the physical embodiment handling green wood and the electric subsystem 100 of other particular benefits is provided Fig. 5--13 signals.As shown in Figure 5, system 100 comprises that one is connected in the shape of microcontroller 171 such as the activating system 101 of C level amplifier.System 100 also comprises the surveillance 102 of link to each other with controller 171 shape such as a feeler.Power supply 173 provides power to the various elements of system 100.Electricity reach controller 174 be used to according to the signal enabling that comes slave controller and

Close motor.Boost-voltage regulator 175 operations come to emission system 176 chargings.A rotation sensing circuit 177 is surveyed the rotation of cutting element.At last, user interface is provided to the feedback to allow the user to control the operation of electric saw and system's condition attitude is provided.

Fig. 6 illustrates in greater detail the circuit of C level amplifier.This amplifier comprises that a utmost point as shown in Figure 5 analyses 44 outputs that link to each other and drive.It is about 500KHZ sine wave that this output drives, and signal amplitude is approximately adjustable between 3V and the 25V.A 32V input supply lines that comes from power supply is powered to amplifier.Fundamental frequency is that a 500KHZ square wave input of origin self-controller provides.The pulse width modulation of signal amplitude origin self-controller is controlled.

This controller to adjust the driving voltage output of spontaneous big device, is kept a predetermined amplitude at pole plate 46 with this by program control under the variation capacitive load.Therefore, when the green wood of cutting, this controller straight line rising driving voltage is to keep 46 palpus voltages of pole plate.This controller preferably can twist driving voltage between every millisecond 1% to 50%, and is more preferably between 1% to 10%.This makes this system can keep a fixedly output level under varying duty.This varying duty can be placed by the green wood of saw or near saw blade such as the conductive member of guard boom and cause.This controller preferably should not twist driving voltage and surpass every millisecond 50%, otherwise, can hinder a user and contact the caused signal decline of incident.

Fig. 7 signal is when one 10 inches, the signal amplitude variation of pole plate 46 when the speed that the sawtooth of 36 rack saw sheets changes with per minute 4000 and a user point and contact.The decline each time of signal amplitude all slips over finger skin from single sawtooth.For example, can see that signal amplitude descends about 30% in about 50 microseconds when second sawtooth striking finger.When the non-evergreen timber of cutting, the decay of signal will may be 15% more when contact, but be to occur in 50 microseconds equally.Therefore, as long as system can detect the contact incident that causes 5--25% or more declines in being less than 100 microseconds, and slope every millisecond about 10% will be not can a reality of override incident.Can understand that slope and activation threshold value can be adjusted on demand.To such an extent as to being this activation threshold value, topmost limiting factor can not produce false triggering by too little noise, unless false triggering is receivable.

Fig. 8 shows the details of this system's sensing contact circuit.This sensing contact circuit receives the input from pole plate 46.In this concrete device, the Capacitance Coupled of institute's palpus approximately is 30pF between saw blade and drive plate, and the Capacitance Coupled of saw blade and pole plate 46 approximately is 10pF.For the common-battery capacity of a given two-plate, bigger drive plate improves the signal transmission.Actual numerical value is not crucial, can use identical numerical value yet.In general, the capacitance of this drive plate should be detected the person capacitance, just 10-200pF is suitable.

Input from pole plate 46 is sent to the low-frequency noise such as the 60Hz noise that a high-pass filter 179 is picked up by pole plate 46 with decay.Wave filter 179 can also provide signal the amplitude cause institute's palpus of amplifying.The output of this wave filter is sent to a pair of comparator 180,181.If the maximum signal amplitudes from filter surpasses the voltage that comparator 180 positive input terminals are set by divider 182, comparator 180 is exported a brief high impulse.This comparator output is sent to controller.This controller is taken a sample in 200 microsecond windows and is modulated the driving amplitude and remains on certain level with the voltage of attempting to detect.This voltage levvl should make 50% wave period by pulse of comparator 180 generations.Produce pulse if be less than 50% wave period, this controller determined value that then driving voltage raise.Equally, if produce pulse more than 50% wave period, this driving voltage just is lowered.This system can be designed to according to observed to the size of determining to adjust step-length from 50% skew in a certain window.For example, if observe 45 pulses, this system may improve 1% driving amplitude.Obviously, if observe 35 pulses, system may increase by 5% driving amplitude.This system will continue to adjust to keep suitable driving level.Rely on to select the size of window and the size of adjusted value, twisting coefficient can be controlled at the level of above-mentioned institute palpus.

As long as the voltage that detects surpasses the lower activation threshold value that divider 182 sets, comparator 181 sends pulse in each cycle of waveform.Therefore, under normal circumstances, pulse frequency is 500KHz.The output pulse of comparator 181 is sent to a divide by four circuit of being made up of two d type flip flops, and this four-divider is reduced to 125KHz---8Ns pulse period in other words with frequency.This four-divider output is sent to controller.This controller monitors that this circuit produces a pulse to guarantee every at least 18Ns.Therefore, if the pulse more than half is missing in 18Ns, this controller will trigger reaction system.Certainly, can select the specific cycle to improve the reliability of surveying contact to greatest extent and to reduce false triggering to greatest extent.The benefit of said system arrangement is, similarly be since one even two pulses of caused by noise are missing can triggering system yet.So be that if more pulse is missing, this system will still can be triggered reliably.The certain trigger level of missed pulse is to be set by divider.For system described herein, this triggering level is usually between 5% and 40%.

Fig. 9 signal, the circuit of power supply 173.This circuit comprises 5,15 and 24 volts of outputs of 32 volts of non-voltage stabilizing outputs and voltage stabilizing.24 volts of outputs are to the activating system power supply with big voltage, and following capacitor charging circuit power supply is thought in 32 volts of outputs.5 volts of outputs are to controller and the charging of other logic circuit, and 15 volts of outputs are used for most simulation electronic components.Controller monitors low-voltage output existing with the appropriate voltage of guaranteeing to be used for operating system.

Figure 10 illustrate to jump boost-voltage regulator 175 and emission system 176.Boost-voltage regulator comprises that one is promoted to 180 volts jump boost-voltage regulator 183 to charge to radiating circuit with 32 volts of power supply outputs.Controller provides a 125KHz input to boost the cycle with the jump of modulation charger.The voltage that one mu balanced circuit 184 monitors from radiating circuit, and open or close charger on demand to keep charger voltage near 180 volts.This mu balanced circuit

Figure 11 illustrates the circuit of motor controller 174.According to the input from the use panel, this motor controller receives a logic level control signal of coming self-controller to open or close motor, and this will be described in greater detail hereinafter.Motor is also closed in this motor control when a trigger event takes place.This logical signal is by light insulation bidirectional triode thyristor and motor voltage electric insulation.Like this, detection system ground wire and motor power ground wire have just insulated.Mechanical relay or similarly device also can be used to the insulation that provides similar.When light insulation controllable silicon received the signal of self-controller, it opened the Q6040k7 bidirectional triode thyristor to power to machine.

Figure 12 shows the rotation sensing circuit.The purpose of this rotation sensing circuit is to guarantee not close the contact detection system before cutting knife or saw blade stop.Reelecting changes near the Hall-effect sensor of a rotary part that one of detection system use is positioned over machine.A small magnet is assigned in the rotary part to send signal to hall effect sensor.The output of hall effect sensor is sent to controller.To in following chapters and sections 9,10, illustrate in greater detail.This controller monitors Hall--the output of-effect sensor is to determine when cutting knife stops gradually.In case the cutting knife stop motion, any detected contact will no longer trigger reaction system.Should recognize that the rotation of cutting knife may also can be detected by other device.

For example, small eccentricity may be installed in cutting knife or other on the insulation system that cutting knife rotates, for example cutter shaft.This eccentric throw can be placed on the position by a sensing pole plate 46 or an independent sensing pole plate.As long as also in rotation, this sedimentator just is detected modulation the amplitude of signal to cutting knife.This modulation can be monitored to survey rotation.If this sedimentator is sensed by sensing pole plate 46, it should be enough little so that the signal modulation that is produced will can not be registered as the contact incident.As another alternative method, can detect rotation by the electro-magnetic feedback of motor.These and other example is illustrated at following chapters and sections 10.

Controller can also be designed pilot wire voltage to guarantee existing suitable voltage with operating system.For example, during motor moving, depend on the electricity of receiving electric saw fall from the sky or outer space the resulting alternating voltage of security system may descend near half.If voltage drops to the level that is lower than a safety, controller will cut out the electric saw motor.Method is in another, and controller can comprise the electric capacity with abundant capacitance.This electric capacity make electric saw can movement system when starting several seconds kinds and need not the power input.

Figure 13 shows use panel 178.This use panel comprises startup, stops to be used to control with bypass etc. the button of electric saw operation.The bypass button allows the user to end the contact detection system in the single ON/OFF cycle of electric saw.So just can saw metal or other can trigger the material of reaction system.User's panel also comprises and is used for red to user's reporting system, green light emitting diode.The operation of suitable user's panel will be described in more detail in following chapters and sections 9.

Figure 14--18 show, are used to survey two other electronic installations of subsystem 22.As shown in figure 15, this substituting detection system uses microcontroller 171 to manage and monitor all kinds of functions.An activating system sends the sinusoidal drive signals of a 350KHz to saw blade by pole plate 44.Figure 15 illustrates this to produce the circuit that drives signal.This energizing circuit uses an output to deliver to the 700KHz oscillator of frequency multiplier to produce a 1.4MHz signal.This frequency multiplier output is sent to a pair of S---R trigger and has 90 degree phase signal at interval with taking-up.This phase signal is used to drive a synchronizing detection system, and this synchronizing detection system adopts one of two embodiment of Figure 14-18, and more detailed signal is arranged in Figure 17.This 350KHz, 180 degree phase place square-wave signals are sent to a Q=10, the bandpass filter of 350KHz by two phase inverters and a buffer amplifier.

This bandpass filter output is a 350KHz sine wave.This sine wave is connected to sensor amplifier shown in Figure 16 190 by another buffer amplifier.This sensor amplifier output is sent to pole plate 44 and next input is fed back negative input end by pole plate 46.When a user contacted cutting knife 40, the feedback of sensor amplifier had been reduced, and therefore caused the rising of amplifier output.The result of this arrangement is: the driving amplitude of saw blade is little between the normal operating period, and the amplitude that only drives when the user contacts saw blade or cut green wood just rises.In this embodiment, pole plate to the best Capacitance Coupled of saw blade be each at 90pF, other also can use other numerical value certainly.

The output of sensor amplifier is sent to a 350KHz bandpass filter to filter out any noise that picks up from saw blade or pole plate by a buffer.This bandpass filter is just delivered to a magnitude detector by a buffer.This magnitude detector produces a direct current output that is directly proportional with the sensor amplifier amplitude.This magnitude detector is exported by a RC circuit institute smoothly to reduce ripple and to be sent to a difference engine.This difference engine produces the output that is varied to direct ratio with the sensor amplifier output amplitude.

As mentioned above, the output of sensor amplifier only just changes when the user contacts saw blade or cut green wood.For the user contacted saw blade, the variation that is caused by the green wood of cutting was relatively slow.Therefore, this difference engine is transferred to user's contact is reacted, and green wood is produced the reaction that only produces minimum.The output of difference engine is sent to a comparator that is used for threshold detector then and whether reaches the level of being scheduled to by a divider network with the output of decision difference engine.A Schmidt trigger is delivered in the output of threshold detector.This trigger sends signal to controller when the contact incident takes place.A RC network that is used for pulse lengthener guarantees that signal is long enough so that controlled device detects.

The output of this level detector also is sent to the input of an analog to digital on this controller.Perhaps in some cases, for example when the non-evergreen timber of cutting, the response of sensor amplifier is approximate saturated.If this situation takes place, amplifier can no longer can produce reaction to the contact incident.For the warning to this situation is provided, the controller prison is stopped enough low down level by this circuit with the signal that guarantees to be detected and is detected to allow contact subsequently.If a undue impedance load is detected, controller does not trigger reaction system with regard to cutting out electric saw and provides warning with this to the user.If the user wants to continue to make with a chainsaw, they can start bypass mode described above.

Figure 14--second of two substituting detection systems is a synchroprobe in 18.This detector uses trigger, the only phase information of Chan Shenging in Figure 15.This system drives pole plate 44 by ALT drive circuit shown in Figure 15.Detection circuit among this ALT drive circuit and Figure 17 is the circuit that is used for replacing among Figure 16.As shown in figure 17, the signal from pole plate 46 is sent to a pair of analog switch by a pair of buffering/amplifier.This is controlled from the phase information of turning over device switch.Owing to be synchronizing detection, this design produces an output signal that is directly proportional with signal amplitude that pole plate 46 is detected, and has the noise resisting ability of improvement.This output signal is sent to previous difference engine of carefully stating and Threshold Detection circuit.When the signal amplitude that is detected surpassed the output of threshold level with enough fast speed decline down to one of the device generation of checking the mark, these circuit sent a triggering signal to controller.

Figure 18 illustrates a power supply and an emission system that is used in these two replacement device.This power supply produces positive and negative 15 volts and 5 volts of level.Electric capacity in the emission system is charged around the transformer secondary output input.This design provides the insulation of system's ground wire and machine ground wire and has avoided resembling and supply voltage is elevated to condenser voltage boost-voltage regulator does.

The startup line of capacitator charging circuit origin self-controller comes voltage stabilizing.Invalid by making charging circuit, controller can be supervised by capacitance voltage by the output to the A/D line on controller.When capacitor is not recharged, it will discharge to ground wire by various paths with the speed of knowing relatively with one.Dependence is to the supervision of discharge rate, and controller can guarantee that electric capacity has enough capacitances with the fusing fusible member.Come the triggering control of self-controller, be used to trigger controllable silicon with the fusing fusible member.

Utilize in the above-mentioned electronics subsystem any one all may avoid when cutting metal or metal thin material, owing to only seeing whether signal amplitude or rate of change drop to the triggering that a certain threshold level produces.Depend on system, whether this can drop in a window or the bandwidth by observation signal amplitude or rate of change.More particularly, when cutting metal, the signal that is detected almost will drop to zero, and will descend in one-period.Therefore, controller or Threshold Detection circuit can be designed to observe a changes in amplitude greater than 10% or less than 100% trigger event.Can avoid the triggering that produced during usually fully with the metal of signal short circuit ground wire or other electrically conductive workpiece in processing like this.

Will be noted that, still not necessarily, thin detailed to some extent device all operate greater than under the 100KHz in a higher frequency one.This high frequency it is believed that to have two advantages.At first, utilize high frequency, can detect contact quickly and also at short notice a plurality of wave periods be sampled.This just makes detection system can seek a plurality of missing rather than single missed pulses.Single pulse can produce and trigger reaction system by noise.In addition, it is believed that high-frequency energy provides better times of noise when the green wood of cutting.Green wood has lower impedance under low frequency.

The contact detection system, the detectable signal characteristic, circuit, method and machine are described in following attention paragraph.These paragraphs are used for illustrating rather than limit by any way the statement of this announcement formula.The scope that need not depart from this announcement, following explanation can be changed and revise.

1.1 one is applicable to the processing workpiece and comprises that the machine of a contact detector comprises:

One is arranged in the electronic conductance sensor that machine has the potential danger position.Dangerous local at these, this sensor might contact with workpiece or user;

One link to each other with sensor and receive from it signal contact detection system.The speed that signal changed when this contact detection system was designed to take place according to contact is distinguished contacting of user or workpiece and sensor.

1.2 a woodenware processing machine comprises:

A cutting knife that is used for cutting workpiece;

An activating system that is used to provide the signal of telecommunication with first amplitude and cycle.This signal of telecommunication is coupled to cutting knife to induce corresponding second an amplitude signal of telecommunication on cutting knife;

And sensing contact system that is used for feeling the signal of telecommunication that on cutting knife, induces.This feeler is according to being detected the variation of the signal of telecommunication in a detect cycle contacting with sensation user and cutting knife.This detect cycle is between 5 to 150 milliseconds and be the twice in signal of telecommunication cycle at least.

1.2.1 the machine in the paragraph 1.2, at this, activating system is adjusted first amplitude according to the electric signal characteristic that detects.

1.2.1.1 the machine among the paragraph 1.2.1 is used to first amplitude of adjusting to keep second a predetermined amplitude at this activating system.

1.2.1.2 the machine among the paragraph 1.2.1, at this, the adjustment speed of first amplitude is no more than every millisecond 10%.

1.3 a multiplexer processing machine comprises:

A cutting knife that is used for cutting workpiece;

Activating system with the electricity output that on cutting knife, induces the first amplitude signal of telecommunication.The first enough constant amplitude of maintenance when the amplitude that this activating system is used to adjust electricity output changes within the specific limits with the electric loading at cutting knife.

1.3.1 the multiplexer system of processing in the paragraph 1.3.At this, scope comprises the maximum rate of change of an electric loading.

1.4 a contact detection system comprises:

A sensor;

One is used to produce the activating system that drives signal.This driving signal is coupled to sensor with corresponding induced signal of induction on sensor.At this, the ratio that drives signal and sensed signal changes according to the distance of object and sensor;

And a control system that is used to adjust drive signal amplitude, so that near sensor the time, can keep sensed signal to have an enough constant amplitude at various objects. Chapters and sections 2: the detection of dangerous situation

As mentioned above, contact is surveyed pole plate 44 and 46 and is used to survey contacting of user's health and 14 of cutting elements.It will be appreciated that, survey one or more methods that subsystem 22 can be used the numerous distinct methods that are used for surveying saw blade and user's Body contact.From the high reaction speed of the signal of telecommunication and circuit, the method for a use comprises uses electronic circuit to survey being electrically connected between user and cutting element.It is found that, contact with the drying of user's health part that the capacitance of user's health is approximately between the 25---200pF by measuring.Measured hand capacity amount trends towards increasing with ground wire when increase coupling in the body size and the person.

Because the intrinsic capacitance of user's health, when the user contacted cutting element 14, the capacitance of user's health was electrically coupled to the self capacity of cutting element, therefore produced an effective capacitance amount bigger than cutting element selfcapacity amount.Therefore, surveying subsystem 22 can be by electric coupling to measure the capacitance of cutting element.Like this, the variation of any essence of the capacitance of surveying all will show contacting between user's health and cutting element.

One of example device explanation shown in Figure 2 is designed to survey the detection subsystem 22 that the user contacts with cutting element by saw blade and 44,46 Capacitance Coupled of pole plate.Detection system 22 comprises suitable electric wiring (for example carefully being stated in the chapters and sections 1) in the above sending an input signal to pole plate 44, and surveys input signals by pole plate 44.Pole plate 46 is installed near saw blade but the place that separates with it.The advantage that pole plate 44 is separated by the big or small and parallel with saw blade of it and with the saw blade Capacitance Coupled.Pole plate 46 also be installed near but the position that separates with saw blade to set up second Capacitance Coupled.It will be appreciated that the position of size and charging pole plate can change.

The effect of this arrangement is exactly to have formed two electric capacity of connecting with saw blade, and produces an electric capacity shunting in the electric capacity connection place. Pole plate 46, and 46 effects that electrify the condenser charge plate.Input signal is capacitively coupled to saw blade 40 from pole plate 44, will be capacitively coupled to charging panel 46 by saw blade then.Any electric capacitance change of saw blade all is coupled to change the signal on the charging panel 46.

When the user contacted saw blade 40, the capacitance of user's health produced a capacitive load on saw blade.As a result, the size of the electric capacity shunting between charging panel and saw blade has been increased, thereby has reduced the quantity of electric charge that arrives pole plate 46.Therefore, when the user contacted saw blade, the input signal size that arrives pole plate 46 by saw blade had reduced.Detection subsystem 22 is designed to survey this variation of input signal and will contacts detectable signal and is sent to logic controller 50.

In some cases, between user's dry skin and saw blade contact point, there is a very big impedance.This impedance may reduce by the Capacitance Coupled of user's health to saw blade.Yet when sawtooth passes user's skin outer layer, the intrinsic humidity of skin inner tissue will trend towards reducing the impedance of skin/saw blade contact, thereby set up firm electrically connecting.The sensitivity of surveying subsystem 22 can be because of adjusting, even so that recognize the very little variation of input signal.

Generally speaking, saw blade is not very important to the distance of charging panel, and can according to the charging panel area and can must and saw blade between Capacitance Coupled and change.Yet, preferably pole plate and saw blade are separated a distance of selecting to reduce of the influence of saw blade deviation effect to capacitance between pole plate and saw blade.For example, if the load that produces in cutting operation makes saw blade move 1/3 inch to one of them pole plate, the capacitance of that pole plate has just increased.Because capacitance is directly proportional divided by polar plate spacing with the pole plate area, a relatively large spacing will reduce the relative effect of a given saw blade displacement.Spacing is proved to be effectively in about 1/2 inch scope about 1/32, and under suitable situation, the distance values that exceeds this scope also can be used certainly.

It will be appreciated that: charging panel can be placed on the position near saw blade one side or both sides and/or saw blade edge.In example device, pole plate just is placed on the position at close relatively saw blade center.Because the skew of saw blade is the attached heart minimum in the axle center that it is mounted usually, charging panel is placed near having near the cutter shaft the saw blade skew saw blade, capacity coupled influence will be arrived minimum advantage between pole plate.In various replacement device, at least one charging panel outer rim radially is placed on 50%, 40%, 30%, 20% or 10% position from saw blade center saw blade radius.

Charging panel can be installed in the machine 10 in any suitable manner.These modes are by known to those persons skilled in the art.For example in example device shown in Figure 19, operating structure 12 comprises a cutter shaft hinge unit 250 that is used for supporting cutter shaft 42.Charging panel is installed in a support member 251 (being dotted line in Figure 19), and this support member is attached to cutter shaft unit 250.As a result, charging panel 44 and 46 rotates with the cutter shaft unit, thereby keeps the position of their contiguous saw blades.Other method is that charging panel can be contained in the stationary device.

In another device, at least one charging panel may comprise one or more charging panels that are contained near the insulation spacers of saw blade one side, as shown in Figure 19 and 20.Pad 252 works to prevent that saw blade is to the excessive close physical barrier of charging panel.This is relative with the saw blade spacing at charging panel hour may to be useful especially.Pad can be made with any suitable electrically insulating material, and this comprises pottery, glass, plastics etc.At Figure 19, in the example device shown in 20, pad 252 only covers the minimum a part of area between charging panel and saw blade.Therefore, pad has only relative slight influence to charging panel with the capacitance between saw blade.Another kind of mode is, pad may cover an enough big part, or or even charging panel and saw blade between all spaces.Under this latter event, pad will play the dielectric effect between charging panel and saw blade conductive surface at least partially.Therefore, the capacitance between charging panel and saw blade will depend on the dielectric constant of pad.

Except being contained in the one or more pads between charging panel and saw blade, the pad that may adorn in opposite directions of charging panel one side is too far away to prevent saw blade skew charging panel dorsad at saw blade.Other method is that a charging panel can be installed in the opposite side of the saw blade for another charging panel.Further, pad can be designed to move on the saw blade surface when saw blade moves.In addition, shift out if charging panel is installed into to shift near from the saw blade side, and cause partially to saw blade elasticity, charging panel and pad will move with any skew of saw blade, even therefore when saw blade is offset, also can keep contacting of pad and saw blade.An advantage of this arrangement is exactly to set up and to keep a close spacing.Therefore reduce the fixed capacity amount between pole plate size and maintenance charging panel and saw blade.

Will be understood that: charging panel 44 and 46 size also can change.The representative value of pole plate area is between 1 to 10 square inch.Certainly many different sizes also may be used, and this comprises the size beyond this representative value scope.In example device, the charging panel size, with charging panel spacing and dielectric medium selected with provide one with the suitable capacitance of charging panel one to one saw blade of (for example in the same order of magnitude) of personal capacitance.This signal to noise ratio of improving 46 detectable signals of charging panel that is designed for.Further, charging panel 44 can with charging panel 46 different sizes, and/or be placed in the far away or near place of saw blade so that different capacitances to be provided.For example, it is bigger than induction pole plate 46 preferably to drive pole plate 44, and this can increase the coupling that drives charging panel.

An example of suitable charging panel material is harder relatively, the smooth one copperplate wiring board that approaches.Other example comprises any such as gold, aluminium, copper, iron, the material with better electric conductivity of brass etc.Charging panel can adopt the Any shape that is fit to machine 10 particular spaces.In the place that big grounded metal structure is arranged near saw blade, a bigger driving charging panel 44 can be used to partly shield the Capacitance Coupled of saw blade to ground structure.Though bigger pole plate also will have the Capacitance Coupled to ground structure of increase and since detection system can these situations of drive ratio following the bigger capacitive load of the electric capacity that produces.This can interference detection subsystem 22 operation.

Those occurrences in human life that present technique is familiar with are understood that: saw blade 40 should be capacitively coupled to charging panel 46 to allow input signal from charging panel 44 with the ground wire insulation.In the example device shown in Figure 19 and 20, saw blade 40 is electric insulations with its place cutter shaft 42, therefore with saw blade and ground wire and the insulation of all the other machine construction.The electric insulation of saw blade and cutter shaft can be provided by various suitable modes.The particular design that depends on machine 10, these modes can be different.For example, under the situation of one 5/8 inches cutter shafts 42, saw blade 40 can be made of one one inch diameter circular hole and the 3/16 inch thick cylindrical plastic axle sleeve 253 that embeds wherein, as shown in Figure 19 and 20.Insulating washer 254 is placed on the saw blade both sides so that saw blade and cutter shaft ring flange 255 and 256 insulation of cutter shaft packing ring.This insulating washer should be enough thick in to form insignificant electric capacity between saw blade and ground connection cutter shaft ring flange and packing ring.One typical thickness is at about about 1/8 inch, certainly, depends on other factors, and 1/32 inch or littler size also may be suitable for.In addition, might make the cutter shaft element of some or all of non-conducting material, class such as pottery are to reduce or eliminate the electric insulation requirement to cutter shaft.

One cutter shaft nut 257 is clamped on whole saw blade assembly on the cutter shaft 42.The mould of setting up by tightening the cutter shaft nut is held a sword in one's hand the torsion that is come by cutter shaft is passed on the saw blade.Though nonessential, saw blade preferably can slide on cutter shaft a little, so that when the unexpected braking that the cutter of stopping causes, reduce the quality that must stop and reducing to saw blade damage of elements in cutter shaft and/or other electric saw drive system.Further, preferably with a kind of enough soft so that the material that can be out of shape when braking is made axle sleeve.For example, depend on the start-up system type that is adopted, a substantial radial impact load may be passed to cutter shaft when the cutter of stopping starts.A deformable axle sleeve can be used to the impact of absorption portion and reduce the possibility of damaging cutter shaft.In addition, the suitable cutter installation site of stopping can be used to make saw blade to move apart the user when cutter is stopped in startup with combining of a deformable axle sleeve.This will be in following chapters and sections 3 institute's more detailed description.

It will be appreciated that above-mentioned saw blade insulation assembling does not need to resemble at U.S. Patent number 4,026, illustrated special saw blade in 177.In fact, cutter shaft 42 can be made into size and can put into the plastic sleeve of receiving with the standard saw blade 40 with one 5/8 inches Circularhole diameters.Like this, the operator can use any standard saw blade on machine 10.

As the another kind of method of insulation saw blade cutter shaft, the part of cutter shaft and/or its supporting frame can insulate with ground wire.If benefit saw blade of this device and cutter shaft are by being connected, then cutter shaft self can be used to from charging panel 44 to charging panel 46 Capacitance Coupled input signals.As a result, charging panel is unlikely to interfere with the loading and unloading saw blade, is therefore also unlikelyly removed or damages by the user.The fixedly enforcement of this special replacement device will change according to the design of cutting element.Figure 21 has illustrated an example device.

As shown in the figure, saw blade 40 directly is contained on the cutter shaft 42.As in Figure 20, saw blade is by cutter shaft ring flange 255, and cutter shaft packing ring 256 and cutter shaft nut 257 are fastened on the cutter shaft.Cutter shaft is supported so that may rotate with respect to cutter shaft unit 250 by one or more bearings 258.These bearings are installed on the cutter shaft unit and prolong the cutter shaft axis direction and are separated.Certainly, bearing 258 does not directly contact with cutter shaft.Opposite electric insulation sleeve pipe 259 is placed between cutter shaft and the bearing.Cutter shaft unit 250 is movably so that allow saw blade to be raised or reduce, and is tilted and does the angle cutting.A motor (not demonstrating) is by driving cutter shaft to the belt on the pulley of saw blade one end 260 on cutter shaft.Belt is generally not charged, therefore can be with cutter shaft to the ground wire electric coupling.

Sleeve pipe 259 can be made by any suitable durable relatively and electrically non-conductive material.These materials comprise plastics, pottery etc.Sleeve pipe can be designed to become to resemble the cutter shaft that is fit to fixed diameter illustrated, and perhaps cutter shaft also can be cut open and hold sleeve pipe so that the cover external diameter of pipe aligns with the cutter shaft external diameter.Further, it will be appreciated that to also have much methods of other cutter shaft electric insulation.As just some examples, sleeve pipe 259 can be placed between bearing 258 and the cutter shaft unit 250, or at least a portion bearing can be made with electrically non-conductive material.For example, useful ceramics bearing.In addition, the part that cutter shaft is bigger can insulate with the other parts of electric saw.

In any case, charging panel 44 and 46 all is alongside, but separates a little with cutter shaft.Charging panel generally all is shaped with respect to cutter shaft and arranges to guarantee sufficient Capacitance Coupled.For example, but the charging panel flute profile with whole with cylindrical cutter shaft and, as shown in Figure 21.Another kind of mode is, pole plate can be that annular or drum shape are to surround radially divided portion of cutter shaft fully.Half is supported on charging panel on the cutter shaft unit 250, as if extends the support 262 of coming from framework.Design guarantees when saw blade position and angle adjustment charging panel and cutter shaft tandem like this.Support generally is designed to make charging panel and framework electric insulation.Charging panel can be placed on the place very near apart from cutter shaft, and this is because it can not resemble skew in use the saw blade, therefore allows less charging panel to be used.

Notice is turned to Figure 22 and 23, among the figure signal another with charging panel 44 and 46 to saw blade 40 capacity coupled devices.This design is proved to be and is fit to use with those table saws from contractor's style of various manufacturer.Cutter shaft unit 250 comprises that two are separated, and normally parallel supporting member 263.This member is to be used for receiving in center distribution board 264 bearing 258.Electric insulation axle sleeve 265 is placed in the bearing and is used to receive cutter shaft 42.Each axle sleeve 265 comprises an outside adjacent with the bearing outer rim or flange 266.Axle sleeve can be by ERTYLITE (PET--P), or any being applicable to of other supports the electrically insulating material of electric axis to make in bearing.

Cutter shaft flange 255 and cutter shaft 42 collection positive one and adjacent with one of axle sleeve 256.The other end of cutter shaft 42 by hitch to receive one or more locking nuts 267.Nut tightens the flange of other axle sleeve 265 so that bearing 258 is remained on the cutter shaft 42.Pulley 261 is installed in the part of cutter shaft near locking nut 267.

As shown in figure 23, axle sleeve 265 insulate cutter shaft and bearing and cutter shaft unit fully.Another kind method is that axle sleeve can be designed to be assemblied between the bearing 258 and support member 263.Under any circumstance, cutter shaft keep firmly and symmetrically the installation site on bearing, freely rotate making it.

Charging panel 44 and 46 is got has the conduction drum shape of internal diameter greater than cutter shaft 42 diameters.Drum 44,46 can be by any such as brass tube, and the material that copper pipe etc. are suitable is made.It will be appreciated that, the big I of charging valve 44,46 is selected to provide palpus is provided and cutter shaft between capacitance.In fact, the big I of charging valve is different so that different capacitances to be provided.For example, at Figure 22, in 23 demonstration example, charging valve 44 to 46 is long, therefore the highest capacitance between providing than charging valve 46 and cutter shaft between charging valve 44 and cutter shaft.Other method, or in addition, the charging panel internal diameter can be different to rely on different saw blades one charging panel spacing that different capacitances is provided.

Charging valve 44,46 is received in electric insulation and supports that it has the internal diameter of the charging valve of holding 44,46 in casing or the pipe 268.Insulation tube 268 can gather carbonic acid junket by resembling, nylon, and suitable insulation materials such as PVC are made.Insulation tube is used to prevent that charging valve from passing through the electric axis unit, and bearing etc. are grounded.Insulation tube 268 places around the cutter shaft 42 and is received in the endoporus 269 of support member 263.Endoporus 269 is coaxial with cutter shaft 42.Therefore, in the place that charging valve 44,46 is placed in insulation tube with one heart, the charging valve internal diameter is insulated pipe and is placed on the place concentric or symmetrical with cutter shaft automatically.

It will be appreciated that though charging valve in the example device and insulation tube are columniform, other shape also can be used.For example, insulation tube 268 has the outer cross section of brachmorphy and keeps annular interior cross section.Equally, charging valve 44,46 can adopt any suitable outer cross section with insulation tube in shape match.Under any circumstance, charging panel being installed in support member 263 guarantees to support sleeve pipes to keep must not considering with respect to the tram of cutter shaft the motion of cutter shaft unit 250.

Except electric insulation with automatically to the charging valve location, insulation tube 268 also is used for surrounding and the protection charging valve is not damaged and contact fragment.In example device, insulation tube 268 is determined an aperture 270 that places charging valve 44 and 46, and is soldered or receive on the charging valve from surveying the detection circuit conveying signal of subsystem 22 to allow the cable (not shown).Other method is, uses two apertures, and each aperture places on the charging valve.

Because charging valve can not be in contact with one another, cooperating between charging valve and insulation tube is generally very tight to prevent that frictionally charging valve from prolonging insulation tube and moving axially.Other method is, a projection or annulus can be formed or be placed on the insulation tube internal diameter between charging valve to prevent that charging valve is in contact with one another.Further change is, aperture 270 can be used to apply filler between charging valve and insulation tube, glue, and epoxy resin or other material move to prevent charging valve.Other method is that one or more bolts can pass insulation tube to support charging valve.

Notice is turned to Figure 24,25, illustrated the insulation tube that electric saw with contractor's style uses among the figure, a replacement device of charging valve.Insulation tube 268 comprises that a hollow aperture with outside splay end is to accept charging valve 44,46.Each charging valve has an inner narrow wheel rim.Article one, the cable (not shown) may adhere to (with methods such as electric welding) on it.The narrow degree of wheel rim 271 allows cable just to adhere on it before charging valve inserts insulation tube.Usually cable is sent into by hole 270.

Insulation tube 268 comprises that also one is used to accept the recessed region 272 of a Hall effect or similar sensor device 1000.Sensor is used for surveying saw blade/cutter shaft and rotates.Sensor 1000 will be for a more detailed description in following chapters and sections 10.Sensor aligns with aperture 273 in charging valve 44 and is applied to magnet passage on the cutter shaft (not shown) with induction.Other method is that sensor aligns with aperture 273 in charging valve 46.In some cases, for example, charging valve 44,46 striking resemblances preferably are placed on hole 273 in two charging valves to reduce the different part count that the one of the main divisions of the male role in traditional opera of institute produces.

Some example device that the charging panel Capacitance Coupled caused cutter shaft have been illustrated.Can will appreciate that the restriction that also has much suitable design and the present invention not to be subjected to any particular design.For example, if there are not enough spaces between bearing and charging panel, one or more charging panels can be placed between bearing and the pulley, or are placed on pulley facing to beyond the bearing.

It will be appreciated that, one or more charging panels can with the other parts Capacitance Coupled that is not the operating structure 12 of saw blade 40 or cutter shaft 42.For example, charging panel 44,46 can be coupled with the cutter shaft unit 250 with machine 10 and running structure residual part electric insulation.This this design in, saw blade should be electrically coupled on the cutter shaft unit.Therefore, between saw blade and cutter shaft or the insulating sleeve between cutter shaft and cutter shaft unit can be omitted.Another example is, charging panel can with couplings such as bearing pulley.

It will be appreciated that charging panel 44,46 can be electrically coupled on the cutting element of other style, this comprises non-circular saw blade or cutting knife.For example, Figure 26 and 27 describes an example device, at this, and the saw band Capacitance Coupled of charging panel and band saw 275.Usually band saw 275 comprises that one holds the main case of a pair of wheel that vertically separates 277.It for example is the contour friction material of rubber that the outer rim of each wheel 277 is capped or wraps up a kind of.One relatively thin continuous saw band circle 40 is tightly restrainted on two wheels.Leaning against in the cutting zone of 277 on wheel send workpiece to cut it towards saw band 40.An one top saw band guiding device 279 and a bottom guiding device 280 remain on the saw band of circulation on the stable path in cutting zone 278.Workpiece is sent to saw band on desktop 281.This desktop has formed the bottom of cutting zone.

Saw band should with the main case electric insulation of common ground connection.Therefore, saw band guiding device 279 and 280, they can comprise bearing guiding and/or friction pad etc., are made into so that main case and saw band electric insulation.In addition, the high friction coatings on the wheel 277 is with saw band and wheel electric insulation.Other method is that wheel can be made by non-conducting material.

Decided by the spatial constraints in application and the main case, charging panel 44,46 can be arranged to various modes.Figure 26 illustrates two kinds of possible designs.In a kind of design, charging panel 44,46 is placed on when saw blade and rides in the wheel 277 place near saw band.Charging panel can become camber line shape to keep fixing saw band a---charging panel spacing to match to merge with the wheel outer rim.This is because saw band is limited in leaning against on the fixed route of wheel outer rim.Charging panel can be connected on the main case to keep the electric insulation to casing by a non-conductive support.

Another charging panel is numerous one of may to be designed and to comprise a charging panel unit 282.This unit is designed to stretch along saw band when it and 277 on wheel are advanced.As shown in the detail drawing 27, the charging panel unit comprises charging panel 44,46.In the device of being described, the charging panel unit has a cross section that comes down to C shape.Its size conforms to saw band side and back (non-toothed edge) band.The charging panel unit is contained on the main case 276 and leans on such as one or more springs 283 and come elastic biasing to the saw band that moves.Because saw band 40 may be tended to move in its path or skew, spring 283 guarantees that charhing unit can move with saw band.Charging panel unit 282 is usually by durable, and non-conducting material likes pottery, and plastics etc. are made.Charging panel 44,46 be placed on the charging panel unit or within.Though charging panel is placed in the position relative with saw band 40 in the signal, charging panel can also be placed in same one side of saw band.Although the design of the auto-collimation of charging panel unit guarantees saw band---charging panel spacing also is fully fixing when saw band moves.Except band saw, charging panel also can with resemble the seam planing tool, planers etc. have the machine Capacitance Coupled of cylindrical cutting knife head.The cutting knife head is installed into usually around cutter shaft to be changeed.Therefore, charging panel 44,46 can be as described above and the Capacitance Coupled such as flush end of cutter shaft or cutting knife head.

Survey exemplary systems and the method that user's health contacts with saw blade though illustrated one at this.A lot of other system and methods also can use.For example, detection system can be felt the impedance of when user's health contacts with saw blade human body.As shown in figure 19, the sensor cluster of detection subsystem 22 may comprise a contact brush 284 or directly the electrically contacting with generation and saw blade of similar sensor.Contact brush 284 can be installed in, and for example is on the cutter shaft unit 250.Usually, saw blade and contact brush and cutter shaft unit electric insulation.In other method, resemble with charging panel 44,46 illustrate together the same, contact brush can be designed to directly to be coupled with another part of cutter shaft or running structure 12.Under any circumstance, user's health can be detected the conductive channel that the suitable line sniffing in subsystem 22 and/or the control subsystem 26 is arrived with the work that contacting of saw blade all will be played switch in order to form one.Act on further alternative, survey the subsystem sensor cluster and can be designed to use up, electromagnetism or other non-electrical way are surveyed contact.

As surveying the other method that the user contact with saw blade, survey subsystem and can be designed to survey user's health close to saw blade by the detection user's health and the contacting of guard rail of being close to saw blade.Make user's health contact guard rail earlier before the contact saw blade if put mode that guardrail is placed, then saw blade just had been stopped before the user contacts with it.It will be appreciated that this alternative detection system can be realized by various different designs, and be used for any of machine 10.As an example, Figure 28 shows that one is used for line-bar resaw 286.

Usually, line-bar resaw 286 comprises a horizontal base 287, the vertical support column 288 that protrudes upward from pedestal 287, and one stretched out upwards and the pedestal 287 vertical lead arm 289 of making a gift of d of dividing from pillar 288.One guide rail bracket 290 combines slidably with guid arm 298 bottoms.The guide rail bracket bottom is connected with electric saw casing 291 and motor sub-assembly 16, is pulled through pedestal to cut by the workpiece (not shown) of base supports to allow saw blade 40.A protection member 292 of being known by industry personage is placed on a side of saw blade 40 at least.Protection member 292 is placed in a position with respect to saw blade, and this position makes any part of user's health near saw blade the time, all will at first touch guard member.Usually, guard member 292 combines with casing 291 movably to keep it in the saw blade of saw blade during by the workpiece position of screening.

Guard member and casing 291 electric insulations but caused by electric coupling and to survey the subsystem (not shown).Therefore, user's health is detected with any contact all of guard member.Surveying subsystem is combined with the guard member electricity by (not shown) such as any suitable manner such as cables.Other method is, surveys subsystem and places near the charging panel the guard member to be capacitively coupled on the guard member by one or more as above-mentioned.

Be used to survey the system of unsafe condition, method and machine can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are to be used for illustrative, rather than limit this announcement or statement by any way.Following explanation can be changed and be revised, and must not depart from the scope of this announcement.

2.1 carpenter's machine comprises:

An activating system that is used on cutting tool, bringing out the signal of telecommunication;

First Capacitance Coupled that is used to electrically connect activating system and cutting tool;

A contiguous sense system that is used to monitor the signal of telecommunication that on cutting tool, brings out;

And, second Capacitance Coupled that is used to electrically connect sensor-based system and cutting tool;

2.2 carpenter's machine comprises:

A motor;

The next rotatable cutter shaft of electric insulation that is driven by motor of design;

A saw blade;

An activating system that is used to produce the signal of telecommunication;

And one be used for electric coupling activating system and cutter shaft to transmit the Capacitance Coupled of a part of signal of telecommunication to saw blade.

2.3 carpenter's machine comprises:

A conduction cutting tool;

An activating system that is used to produce the signal of telecommunication;

A Capacitance Coupled that connects activating system and cutting tool, at this, Capacitance Coupled has the capacitance of 10 picofarads at least. Chapters and sections 3: retraction system

As above summary, reaction subsystem 24 can design with from regaining or remove cutting element with user's unexpected contact point with the retraction system.Remove the time of contact that cutting element reduces cutter and user from unexpected contact point, therefore make injury drop to minimum the user.Remove that cutting element can prevent also that cutting element from shifting to the user and any injury of increasing from unexpected contact point.For example, the saw blade that revolves on the mitre saw has enough angular momentums, and this angular momentum can make saw blade move when the braking pawl hits saw blade downwards and to the user.Rotating saw blade in the table saw also has enough angular momentums so that when the braking pawl hits saw blade saw blade upwards and to the user is moved.This depends on the position of brake, saw blade amount matter and the structure role of supporting saw blade.Protect any such athletic meeting and alleviate potential injury the user.A retraction system is alternative or shared with other security system.

Figure 29,30 show the cutaway view of sawing with a retraction system and a brake machinery design table together.One saw blade 300 is contained in and prolongs arrow 302 rotations on the cutter shaft 301.Desk 303 (not shown in Figure 30) is determined the working face of table saw, and is adjacent with saw blade.And saw blade stretches out desktop.One supporting construction 304 can be any known way support saw blade 300 and cutter shaft 301, or as in following chapters and sections 13, being described in more detail.

On saw blade 300 is designed to change, change down so that the user can be based on saw blade being stretched out desktop.Saw blade rotates around pin 305.The user can be by rotating saw blade to adjust its position.This can have worm gear dress axostylus axostyle 306 thereon to realize by rotation.Worm gear is contained on the axostylus axostyle so that rotate with axostylus axostyle.But as what below will explain, when needs, it can slide on axostylus axostyle.Worm gear 307 equally is installed in the axle collar on the axostylus axostyle 300.Axostylus axostyle prolongs one in the worm gear and vertically extends in the hole.Worm gear is located by a spring clip 308 when electric saw normally moves.This spring clip be placed in groove on the worm gear or the passage 309 and with brake on axostylus axostyle 306 or projection engages so that worm gear is fixed.Worm gear and one supports segmental support 310 engagements of cutter shaft unit 311, and this cutter shaft unit 311 supports cutter shaft 301 and saw blade 300 in turn.Therefore, when user's rotating shaft rod 306, similarly be that the handle (not shown) that is attached on the axostylus axostyle by rotation is such, worm gear 307 rotates cutter shaft unit 311 and saw blade up and down according to the direction that worm gear rotates.

One detent box 312 is contained in the place of close saw blade 300 in the electric saw.Detent box comprises one by the pawl 314 of spring 316 to saw blade 300 biasings.Pawl is pulled away from saw blade 300 by a relieving mechanism 318.This has done general explanation in the above and will be described in more detail in following chapters and sections 4--5 and 7--8.As what will illustrate in following chapters and sections 6, detent box is designed to that relieving mechanism is discharged into saw blade with pawl when receiving detectable signal.

Detent box 312 is placed on the turning cylinder of saw blade, thereby pawl 314 can rotate around pin 305.Therefore, when pawl 314 hit saw blade, the angular momentum of saw blade was reached the cutter shaft unit.And saw blade, cutter shaft unit, shelf and detent box are attempted retraction or prolong arrow 320 directions to move down.Other method is that detent box can be placed on another pin that is different from pin 305, but only can rotate together with saw blade.

Saw blade will be moved down into the degree of support 310 and worm gear 307 permissions.If worm gear is fixed, the downward motion of the saw blade sawtooth that may on support and/or worm gear, fracture, and may stop the distance that moves institute's palpus under the saw trend.At Figure 29, in the example device shown in 30, worm gear can not block, and when pawl hits saw blade, moves on on the axostylus axostyle 306.

When pawl hit saw blade, the angular momentum that is produced impacted and causes spring clip 308 to unclamp suddenly, to allow an end 322 landings of worm gear to axostylus axostyle.Spring clip unclamps suddenly.This is because support moves down when saw blade is stopped, and support contacts with worm gear and force worm gear to move.Support causes that to the active force of worm gear spring clip unclamps suddenly.Worm gear can be prolonged axostylus axostyle from it and be stuck in axostylus axostyle suddenly so that the worm gear homing up to clip to travelling backwards is moving.

Figure 29, the table saw shown in 30 also comprises a bracing frame 326.This bracing frame 326 and a base or zone 328 designs are placed an impact absorbing material 330 together therein.Support is placed under cutter shaft and the cutter shaft unit, so that when saw blade bounces back, cutter shaft unit impact absorbing material 330.Support 326 and impact absorbing material 330 as a barrier to stop moving downward of saw blade.Support is placed in the position that saw blade 300 can fully bounce back.Impact absorbing material can be a rubber, foamed plastics, and plastics etc. are used for one of any material of seat cushion.A kind of found suitable material can be below Part No. C--1002--06, indiana, and this AearoEAR of indiana Pohle obtains.Other method is that impact absorbing material 330 can be attached to cutter shaft unit lower surface rather than on support 326.In addition, support 326 desirable much forms.In fact, axostylus axostyle 306 can design, and being mounted to provide a plane that stops saw blade to move downward.

Figure 30 also shows a separator 335, and this separator upwards stretches out desktop to prevent return behind saw blade 300.One saw blade guard rail also can substantially surround saw blade 300.Figure 30 shows that further one is used for the casing 339 of electronic component relevant with security system and motor bracket.These two parts are not shown in Figure 29.

In above-mentioned structure, the angular momentum of saw blade causes saw blade, and cutter shaft unit and cartridge all move down when pawl bump saw blade.Therefore, the angular momentum of saw blade causes retraction.Saw blade 300 is allowed to move down a sufficient distance so that saw blade bounces back fully.The ability of saw blade retraction makes the injury that causes with unexpected contact of saw blade reduce to minimum.

Figure 31 shows the retraction system example that another uses with the cutter pawl of stopping.Electric saw 331 comprises that a saw blade 300 and holds the detent box 312 of the pawl 314 that brakes.Detent box and pawl are fixed on the electric saw support by pin 332.The mounting means of pin on electric saw makes it can not move up and down with saw blade.When saw blade hit pawl, saw blade climbed down pawl or in other words, rotated around the contact point of pawl.Pawl and saw blade rotate not together, resemble Figure 29, shown in 30 example device like that, this is because pawl is fixed on the electric saw support.In this example device, saw blade bounces back by " climbing down " pawl.

Another example device of retraction system comprises a compressible axle bush.Usually, at a saw, the saw blade 300 in mitre saw or other machine sees through axle bush 333 as shown in Figure 32 and is fixed on the cutter shaft.One locking nut, a pad and a cutter shaft flange are used for saw blade is fixed on cutter shaft.Axle bush 333 can be made by a kind of enough soft so that material that can be out of shape when saw blade is stopped suddenly.For example, depend on used brake system, when the cutter of stopping started, a substantial radial impact load may be passed to cutter shaft.One variable row axle bush can be used to the impact of absorption portion and reduces the chance of infringement cutter shaft.In addition, the combination of suitable brake location and variable row axle bush can be used for making saw blade move apart the user when starting brake.Be placed on place between saw blade and the cutter shaft in a plastic bushings, braking saw blade and the substantive impulsive force that produces almost makes the axle bush distortion immediately.Usually, the saw blade installing hole edge axle bush of will nipping, this is because saw blade attempts to enclose pawl changes.Therefore, if pawl is contained in the saw blade back, then saw blade will trend towards shifting near axle bush downwards when pawl engagement saw blade and move apart the user.

Figure 33,34 show the mitre saw of an equipment brake and retraction system.Mitre saw configuration rotation motor assembly is to allow saw blade upwards to shift near in the casing when saw blade meshes with brake pawl 348.Motor sub-assembly 350 links to each other with casing 352 by revolving axle bolt 352, rotates around bolt 354 to allow motor sub-assembly to prolong the saw blade rotation direction.One spring 356 is compressed between a casing and the steady pin 358 so that motor sub-assembly is setovered to the saw blade direction of rotation.Motor sub-assembly can comprise a protruding edge 360.It slides on casing one ring flange so that the motor sub-assembly bottom is remained on the position that abuts against swivel bolt on the casing.

In the electric saw use, spring 356 with motor sub-assembly rotation remain on one complete reverse on the normal position of saw blade direction of rotation.Yet in case pawl is released with engagement during saw blade, motor sub-assembly and saw blade are that reverse bias voltage direction in spring rotates up.In this example device, pawl be placed in saw blade the place ahead in case swivel bolt 354 between pawl and cutter shaft.This arrangement impels saw blade upwards to move into the casing the inside when being blocked.Spring is through selecting to have sufficient intensity so that motor sub-assembly can be remained on lower position when incision one workpiece.But it has enough compressibilities to move up to allow saw blade and motor sub-assembly when saw blade is blocked again.Certainly saw blade and motor sub-assembly can be designed to one of multiple mode so that absorb the part of saw blade angular momentum at least.

Figure 35 shows a replacement device of mitre saw.This mitre saw is designed to be suitable for by absorbing saw blade, and angular momentum and moving apart with user's accident contacts.In this design, mitre saw comprises two swing arms 370 and 372.One end 374 of each swing arm 370,372 links to each other with base 376, and another anti-end and casing 380 of swing arm, saw blade, and/or the motor sub-assembly (not shown) links to each other.Swing arm relative position to each other can according to must the swing arm campaign and change.In Figure 34, swing arm 370 is received base 376 slightly the in the place of swing arm 372.Usually, motor sub-assembly is the end 378 that is firmly adhered to swing arm 370, and casing 380 connects to come to rotate around swing arm 370 ends 378.The end 378 of swing arm 372 only links to each other with casing.Other method is, motor sub-assembly can be connected with along with casing around 378 rotations of the end of swing arm 370.

The geometric layout of design shown in Figure 35 causes that casing and/or motor sub-assembly together rotate when swing arm is reversed.Significantly, when swing arm moved up, casing and/or motor sub-assembly were along doing the rotation of relative direction with saw blade in the direction of rotation in when cutting.As a result, when being passed to casing and/or motor sub-assembly when pawl engagement saw blade and with the saw blade angular momentum, this casing and/or motor sub-assembly trend towards along the identical direction rotation of saw blade.This makes swing arm upwards reverse, and the towing saw blade leaves workpiece and user's health.Therefore, the mitre saw design shown in Figure 35 is suitable for absorbing the angular momentum of saw blade, and converts angular momentum to act in the swing arm a active force that makes progress.

In any one above-mentioned system, a spring or other active force can be used to saw blade is pushed away and the contacting of user.This spring can be similar to the release pawl by one and discharge with a mechanism of clashing into saw blade.Figure 36-38 shows how a spring can be used for regaining saw blade in the table saw.The top view and the side view of the cutter shaft unit 381 of a fixedly cutter shaft 382 that is used to drive the saw blade (not shown) are presented at Figure 36 and Figure 37 respectively, in 38.Cutter shaft 381 is fixed on pin 383 so that cutter shaft unit and saw blade can reverse up and down to adjust the position of saw blade in electric saw with reversing.

Picture is at above-mentioned and Figure 29, and 30 supports that illustrate together 310 are the same, and tooth fan 384 also links to each other with pin 383, and is connected with cutter shaft unit 381 to raise in the mode that will be illustrated below, reduces cutter shaft.Tooth fan 384 comprises that a sidepiece 385 is substantially vertical with the plane of cutter shaft unit 381, and a top 386 that is positioned at 381 tops, cutter shaft unit.Sidepiece 385 comprises that gear teeth 387 and worm gear mesh with the lifting knife axle unit.Sidepiece 385 and top 386 interconnect and motion together.Top 386 as illustrated all over depositing the top of entire top 386.The cutter shaft unit be made into leave one hold top 386 the zone so that top 386 can substantially not spread all over the cutter shaft unit.Otherwise, will limit the ability that cutter shaft unit and saw blade upwards reverse when needed, for example can touch the downside of desktop in the table saw.

One container 388 is formed in the cutter shaft unit 381 to hold spring 389.In position shown in Figure 37, spring 389 is compressed between the top 386 and cutter shaft unit 381 of tooth fan 384, and this is to be linked together because of the tooth fan with the cutter shaft unit.

The tooth fan is linked together by a synthetic bar with the cutter shaft unit.Shown in the image pattern 38 like that, synthetic bar has one one end and connects first support that the cutter shaft unit other end connects one second support.Second support equally is connected on the top 386 of tooth fan 384 as shown successively.The one the second supports are interconnected by hinge, and fan with tooth with the cutter shaft unit and to be connected.Support is designed to like this: the acting force of the spring that cutter shaft unit and tooth fan top is pushed open carries out bias voltage in the mode that support will move to the first, two support.One fusible member 392 can adopt above-mentioned wire-form, the moving of limit bracket.Certainly, multiple different connecting rod can be used, and fusible member or other relieving mechanism of multiple style and design can be made.To such an extent as to connecting rod can be selected to provide enough mechanical dominance cutter shaft unit and tooth fan top can have a thin as far as possible fusible member to link together, the member that fuses like this can as far as possible easily be melted.Various similar synthetic connecting rod is illustrated in following chapters and sections 4.Fusible member resemble above-mentioned by system fusing, or as being described in more detail in the chapters and sections 6 below.Synthetic connecting rod and fusible member preferably are designed to like this: they can adapt to 100 to 500 pounds or higher acting force of the spring.

When fusible member melted, synthetic connecting rod can move, and below spring pushes cutter shaft unit 381 to, away from the top 386 of tooth fan.Shown in the dotted line among Figure 37, saw blade therefore bounces back.Spring is strong more; It is just fast more that saw blade bounces back.The tooth fan does not move.This is because it is connected on worm gear or some other structures by teeth 387.

By spring or some other active force the saw blade withdrawal can be thought direct retraction.Spring or other active force can use increasing the retraction speed of cutting tool with some other retraction system, or a spring or other active force, as unique retraction method.Above-mentioned direct retraction system can use on various machines, and this comprises table saw, mitre saw and band saw.

Figure 39 is the schematic diagram of band saw retraction system.Usually, a band saw comprises a casing that a pair of wheel that vertically separates is closed.The periphery of each wheel parcel or be covered with high friction material such as rubber etc.One relative thin and continuous saw band ring are tightly around two wheels.Workpiece leans against cutting zone between wheel and is sent to saw blade and is cut.Work is sent to saw blade on the table.Desktop forms the bottom surface of cutting zone.

Band saw shown in Figure 39 comprises near the roller 393 that places saw band.Roller is designed to contact with saw band and saw band is pushed away unexpected contact point with the user.In addition, roller can be designed to push saw band open wheel, thereby stops the motion of saw band.Figure 40 is that roller prolongs the vertical view that the direction of arrow is pushed saw band.Roller is the part of a detent box, and can be discharged into saw band as above-mentioned release pawl.Roller should have enough big diameter so that roller can roll across the sawtooth of saw band.

Directly the system of retraction cutting tool also can be installed on the hand-held annular saw, and such annular saw generally includes the substrate of a contact job in cutting process.Substrate is supported in electric saw on the workpiece.Substrate can be designed to when saw blade contact user, and it is by below arriving.The result of this action bounces back saw blade effectively, and this is because substrate can push away saw blade with the user.

The retraction system, method and machine can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are used for illustrating rather than limit by any way the statement of this announcement formula.The scope that need not depart from this announcement, following explanation can be changed and revise.

3.1 carpenter's machine comprises:

A job partly;

A detection system that is used to survey the unsafe conditions between people and the work partly;

And a retraction system relevant with detection system partly bounces back to make work when dangerous situation is detected.

3.1.1 paragraph 3.1 described machines, at this, work partly is a rotating saw blade with angular momentum, is utilized the saw blade angular momentum saw blade that bounces back at least in part in this retraction system.

3.2 a table saw comprises:

A working face;

And, one relatively with the rotatable saw blade of working face around a pivotal point lifting, here, the rotation of saw blade defines the direction that workpiece is sent to electric saw, and, the direction of relative and conveying workpieces, pivotal point is in the downstream of saw blade.

3.3 a table saw comprises:

A working face;

One relatively and working face around the rotatable saw blade of a pivotal point lifting;

A transmission system that is used for the lifting saw blade;

Delivery system in transmission system, this suitable delivery system allow saw blade relatively and working face and falling when particular event takes place.

3.3.1 the table saw of paragraph 3.3, at this, this particular event is meant the braking saw blade.

3.3.2 the table saw of paragraph 3.3 further comprises stopping that a restriction saw blade falls.

3.4 an electric saw comprises:

One relatively and working face around the rotatable saw blade of a pivotal point lifting, here, saw blade is installed on the cutter shaft;

A cutter shaft body that is used for fixing cutter shaft, and further be used for when a particular event takes place retraction cutter shaft and saw blade.

3.4.1 the electric saw of paragraph 3.4 comprise all be fixed together before the generation up to particular event first and second partly, and the mechanical energy that further comprises deposit is to move first and second parts to discharge this energy when the generation of particular event.

3.5 a mitre saw comprises:

Pedestal with sharp keen zone;

A saw blade;

A brake system that is used to brake saw blade;

Connecting rod at saw blade and pedestal, at this, connecting rod is designed to when brake system braking saw blade saw blade be withdrawed from from cutting zone.

3.5.1 in the mitre saw of paragraph 3.5, connecting rod is designed to that the saw blade angular momentum makes saw blade withdraw from from cutting zone when brake system braking saw blade.

3.6 a mitre saw comprises:

A pedestal;

A casing that is pivotally connected to pedestal;

A saw blade;

The fixing installation system of saw blade in casing;

And brake system has adapted in order to check saw blade;

This installation system is designed in brake system braking saw blade, and saw blade rotates into casing.

3.7 a band saw comprises:

The also individual working face that cutting is arranged with cutting zone;

Saw blade near cutting zone;

A detection system that is used to survey the unsafe conditions between people and the saw blade;

And a retraction system relevant with detection system is to push saw blade open when detecting unsafe conditions from the deathtrap. Chapters and sections 4: spring bias voltage brakes

From the above mentioned, security system 18 comprises a moving structure 28 of braking that is used to stop cutting element and prevents or reduce the user is injured.Also discuss in front, brakes may comprise that at least one is used to mesh the pawl 60 of cutting element to stop at rotation.The signal example of a suitable pawl of following chapters and sections 5 explanations.For the purpose of following discussion, cutting element 14 will similarly be at the table saw, mitre saw, and the scope of the saw blade 40 of annular saw or similar tool is to be illustrated.Should be understood that: saw blade 40 can comprise the single saw blade of picture gummed or top carbonization saw blade, or the combined saw blade of picture tenonen.

As further discussion, pawl 60 can clog or the biased mechanism 30 in restricted position is pushed to saw blade 40 or other cutting element from it.In Fig. 2, bias mechanism 30 comprises a spring 66.At the compression position shown in Fig. 2, spring 66 is exerted pressure to pawl and is made it to enter engagement with saw blade 40 from it.Fig. 2 shows that a limiting mechanism 32 restriction pawls 60 move to saw blade under the bias effect power of spring 66.Yet after discharging limiting mechanism 32, pawl just no longer has been limited on the position that is plugged.Like this, pawl under the active force of spring 66 rapidly and saw blade enter engagement, as shown in Figure 41.A limiting mechanism as the example that discharges pawl is exactly, when sufficiently high electric current passes through fusible member 70.Other release and limiting mechanism that is fit to will be illustrated in following chapters and sections 6.

The specific tool of spring 66 shown in Figure 2 now is a spiral compression spring.Here, spring 66 will be used to refer to hold general any suitable spring, similarly be here any or other suitable spring that is known in the present technique field.Here, specific types of springs similarly is a spiral compression spring 402 by specific reference number indication.Fig. 2 and Figure 41--59 show and have illustrated the example of various spring bias voltage arrestment mechanisms, and comprise various elements, sub-element and possible variation.Should be understood that spring bias voltage arrestment mechanism may comprise any one or a plurality of this class component, whether sub-element and variation, and irrelevant those elements, sub-element and variation be in relative or different illustrations or explanation.

The pawl engagement is depended on the active force that spring is executed with the speed of braking saw blade on pawl.Therefore, the strength that spring is executed on pawl is big more, and pawl is fast more to the speed of the distance of saw blade by its restrained position.In test, the spring that pawl is applied 10 to 500 pounds of scope active forces is proved to be the most effective, and the best active force of spring is in 50-200 pound scope, and 100 pounds of active forces prove effective especially.Yet, should be kept in mind that limiting mechanism not only will break through the active force of spring, and must be from the closed position of pawl rapidly with its release.Therefore, increasing the complexity of acting force of the spring, can have compromise between intensity and cost with the limiting mechanism that increases the spring restraint that can limit increase.And, if there is displacement all should be considered into any mechanical dominance of the relational structure that links to each other with spring.

Arrestment mechanism 28 utilizes Figure 42--other springs 66 shown in 44.Among Figure 42, spring 66 adopts the form of leaf spring 404, and it has bottom 406 and is used to mesh and pawl 60 is pushed to the pawl engaging piece of saw blade 40.Bottom 406 is fixed on the installation component that can fit 410.The structure that installation component 410 cocoas adopt any adaptation with supporting plate spring bottom so that pawl engaging piece 408 is biased to pawl.As shown in the figure, leaf spring 404 is Steel Cantilever flat springs.Figure 43 illustrates another suitable installation component 410 examples, and at this, installation component comprises the support 411 that the space of a plural number separates.

Among Figure 44, a torsion spring 412 is used to bias voltage pawl 60 to mesh with saw blade 40.Spring 412 comprises that a stiff end 414, is used to mesh the bias terminal 416 of pawl 60, and a stage casing spiral part 418.As shown in the figure, torsion spring 412 is installed on same pin or the axle 420 with pawl 60.Be understood that: spring 412 can be placed between axle and the pawl, be fixed on adjacent with pawl or the axle that separates on, or be fixed on the structure of different and axle 420.

Figure 45 shows a draw spring.The compressing spring that is different from resistant function power, draw spring opposing it from the center, or zero load position and being extended.Therefore, not to make it to shift to saw blade by pushing away pawl, draw spring 422 pulls to saw blade or other cutting element with pawl.As shown in the figure, draw spring 422 comprises that a bias terminal 424 links to each other with pawl and a stiff end 426 links to each other with the fixation kit 410 that is fit to.Fixation kit is with respect to bias terminal part relative orientation saw blade.The fixation kit that stiff end 426 is connected may comprise a connecting rod, or support 428 and being connected with the end of fixation kit.Similarly, bias voltage end 426 can link to each other with the structure that pawl moves with pawl or other by pole or support 430.Fixation kit 410 can comprise can be supported or anchor portion 426 and do not disturb any suitable structure of operating structure 12.For example, it can be fixed near the saw blade 40, links to each other with the saw blade cutter shaft, is fixed on saw blade, on the structure that moves up and down etc.Other method is the part that draw spring 442 can act on pawl, or on the pole that is attached thereto.The other end that just is different from pawl saw blade one mate at the pawl torsional axis.This design is represented by the dotted line of Figure 45.This design may be preferably.This is because fixation kit 410 and saw blade are away from, and easier being positioned.

Though, Fig. 2 and Figure 42--a spring 66 only is shown in 45, should be understood that arrestment mechanism 28 can comprise the spring more than.For example, in graphic display unit shown in Figure 45,, used a pair of draw spring 422 as in Figure 46.When using two to arrive many springs, they can be similar or not right type and intensity.

Fig. 2 and Figure 41--in 46, shown in spring 66 directly mesh with pawl 60.Should be understood that, spring can be the time with the pawl communication in addition and other structure engages.For example, spring 66 can mesh with one or more connecting rods.Biasing force by these rod springs is transferred on the pawl.In this design, limiting mechanism 32 can limit arbitrary part of fitting of bias mechanism and pawl assembly to prevent that pawl and saw blade or other cutting element from entering engagement.For example, in the scope of the limiting mechanism that comprises a fusible member 70, fusible elements can with pawl 60, spring 66, or the connecting rod of one or more connection spring and pawl links to each other.

Figure 47 shows the directly example arrestment mechanism 28 of engagement of a spring and connecting rod rather than pawl 60.In the brake structure scope, a pair of a pair of pawl 60 that is used to mesh saw blade 40 is arranged.As shown in the figure, pawl 60 comprises saw blade one mate 434 being used for meshing saw blade 40, and pawl 60 reverses and comprises the far-end 438 that links to each other with connecting rod 440 around axle or pin 436.Connecting rod 440 further links to each other with spring one engagement connecting rod 442.As shown in the figure, connecting rod 442 comprises the end 444 that is used to shift to saw blade, meshes and saw blade one mate of pawl drawn in saw blade.Figure 47 illustrates a compressing spring 402 and connecting rod 442 to mesh.Yet, can be used in arbitrary part of this illustrated spring.

Spring 66 also can be to an engaging structure but not pawl applies biasing force.In such device, acting force of the spring is not to act on that unrestricted mechanism 32 such as pawl top discharges engaging mechanisms or bias mechanism and pawl is pushed saw blade or cutting element engagement with machine 10.To be bias mechanism up to pawl be pulled to when touching with saw blade 40 advantage of this arrestment mechanism also applies active force to pawl.This can, but not necessary, make pawl 60 optionally from arrestment mechanism, be removed or to replace and also need not to forbid bias mechanism 30.

In addition, or alternately, bias mechanism 30 can have a module or cartridge of one's own so that can optionally be removed or replace from arrestment mechanism.Use in the time of can being installed in this intermodule in the other parts that are used to overcome spring 66 active forces of fusible elements or limiting mechanism 32.

Example arrestment mechanism with engaging mechanism 446 is illustrated among Figure 48.As shown in the figure, spring 66 acts on engaging mechanism 466.Engaging mechanism 466 is described as and comprises and reverse plate 450.Plate 450 prevents that optionally the partial pressure of spring is on pawl 60.As shown in the figure, for example the limiting mechanism 32 of fusible member 70 prevents that plate 450 axle 452 around it under spring 66 partial pressure from reversing.As a result, pawl is not pushed to saw blade.Module or cartridge 448 be by dotted line signal, and arrestment mechanism 28 may but not necessary element.On the support or recipient that it is suitable that module 448 is fixed on the machine usually, and also can comprise one with the getting in touch of suitable mechanism to discharge limiting mechanism 32.For example, the contact support can be electrically connected with the part that relieving mechanism does not form replaceable module.

A distortion of this arrestment mechanism is shown in Figure 49.The form that engaging mechanism 446 adopts element 454 slidably among the figure with prolong track 456 transport slide to or away from saw blade 40.As shown in the figure, but fusible member 70 restriction gliding members 452 slide to saw blade.Thereby prevent that spring from pushing pawl 60 to contact with saw blade 40 to.Figure 49 also illustrates a variation of this arrestment mechanism, but extends across the travel path of gliding member 454 in this fusible member 70, moves under spring 66 active forces to prevent member 454.In fact, fusible member 70 self can form engaging mechanism 446, resembles as shown in Figure 50.Fusible member extends across the path of spring 66 among the figure, thereby prevents that spring from pushing saw blade or other cutting element to pawl.

Figure 47--make mechanism shown in 49 and also can be understood to include bias mechanism 30 with synthetic relieving mechanism.This is because need a unlikely step start arrestment mechanism and engagement pawl and saw blade or other cutting element.Being different from Figure 41--the arrestment mechanism shown in 46, what only need at there spring 66 is to discharge limiting mechanism 32 pawl 60 is pushed saw blade or other cutting element.Figure 47--the arrestment mechanism shown in 49 utilizes a combination to discharge and meshes saw blade 40 and pawl.For example, the release of limiting mechanism 32 can make the part of bias system 30 move freely, and for example meshes engaging mechanism 446 or connecting rod.This passes to pawl 60 with this active force again successively.

Figure 51 illustrates another to have the example arrestment mechanism 28 that combination discharges or make up relieving mechanism.Figure 51 shows a start assembly indication device of controlling oneself.As shown in the figure, spring 66 is installed in the casing 458.The connecting rod that joins with spring that spring or is fit to is can be when limiting mechanism 32 discharges extensible to pass through an openend 460.In the indication device shown in Figure 51, make a gift of d mouth end 460 and covered by a leap member 462 that is positioned between spring and pawl at least in part.Member 462 need not cover openend 460 fully.Yet it should prevent that spring 60 from meshing by port 460 and with pawl 60.The device of fusible member 70 or another suitable limiting mechanism 32 links to each other with member 462 to prevent that spring 66 from will cross over member and pushing and the contacting of pawl 60.As shown in the figure, member 70 passes through casing 458, and in the arrangement illustrated by spring 66.Should understand, casing 458 can not contain arrestment mechanism 28 uses that combination discharges with one.In the case, pawl 60 will be by contiguous shell opening end.

Another example device of actuator assembly of controlling oneself is presented at Figure 52, in 53.At this, limiting mechanism 32 is linked to each other with lever arm 464 releasedly.And lever arm 464 links to each other with an end 466 of carrier 468 successively.Rod, or turn round armshaft 464 and rotate around a torsional axis that is limited by the extension on casing 458 465.Should remember, arm 464, carrier 468 and casing 458 (comprising extension 465) must be enough strong in to withstand the active force of spring 66.The end 466 of carrier 468 should be fixed on the arm 464 so that it can discharge and arm 464 release relatively promptly when cantilever arm 465 reverses at first at limiting mechanism 32.Other method is, lever arm 464 should unhinderedly reverse up to pawl 60 fully with saw blade 40 engagements so that torsional axis does not hinder the motion of pawl 60 and increases the time of braking 40 palpuses of saw blade.Reverse and do not limit in the design of pawl motion at such arm 464, arm 464 need not discharge from carrier 468, and on the contrary, these parts can remain attached to together.

Carrier 468 comprises a prolongation support 470 that stretches out from casing 458 and comprises further that a pawl-release portion 472 allows to be used for accepting pawl 60 releasedly optionally to move and displacement pawl and need not cut apart or decompose the remainder of arrestment mechanism 28.As shown in the figure, pawl one is accepted part 427 and is also formed a leap member, and therein, it prevents that spring from pushing pawl and saw blade 40 engagements.At Figure 52, in 53, parts 472 and pawl 60 have complementary design so that pawl can be connected to the fixed mechanism that pawl one is accepted part and need not be extra.In the arrangement illustrated, pawl maybe can be slipped into parts 472 from an end, or outside deflection component 472 tout court when pawl is inserted into its fixed position alternatively.Yet it will be appreciated that may need use as screw, pin can discharge the same extra fixed form of fastener with other.Because spring 66 and fusible member 70 do not act directly on pawl or pawl one is accepted on the parts, the connection of these parts need not be strong.As further change, pawl 60 can be fixedly mounted on even or with carrier 468 or be at least pawl one mate whole and.

One variation of controlling oneself starter is shown among Figure 54.At this, the length of carrier 468 is that selectivity is adjustable.Thereby allow pawl also can adjust with respect to the relative position of saw blade 40.As shown in the figure, support 470 comprises that one screws in the hitch part 474 that pawl one is accepted parts 472.The length of carrier 468 can be adjusted by runing rest 470, but likes by user's functional unit 476, takes in the degree that pawls one are accepted part 472 to increase or to reduce parts 472 quilts.Among Figure 54, pawl one is accepted parts 472 and is comprised that also main structure 478 is with in the position that prevents pawl and be placed to pawl one receiving-member rather than limited by main structure 478.

Figure 55 shows the device of another spring bias mechanism.As shown in the figure, lever arm 464 comprises an end 480 that links to each other with casing 458 near openend 460.In the arrangement illustrated, the otch in the casing is taken in end 480, and comprises a boss 482.When limiting mechanism 32 discharged, arm reversed on boss.Other method is, casing 458 can comprise flange or the extension that an arm 464 is placed on it.Preferably, when on the restriction site shown in Figure 55, at least one end regions 483 of extension support 470 coincide with the mobile of opposing carrier with the internal diameter of spring 66 or tilts.

As shown in the figure, support 470 comprises that is usually extended an edge 471 parallel with spring 66 and that offset, and one pass pawl one accept part 472 towards the end 466 common opposed edges 473.Figure 55 also illustrates the example of another one meshing part 472 of pawl with main support 478.Edge 471 at support 470 away from turning round axle one side of 464 stable carrier with the time in installation process and at restriction site.Edge 473 be support 470 away from one side of lever arm 464 on to allow support when limiting mechanism 32 discharges, to promote and to tilt by casing 458.This design of carrier is one can integrate an example of singulation with pawl 60.

In the arrestment mechanism shown in Figure 52-55, the part that fusible member 70 does not link to each other with reverse arm 464 can be fixed on any one supporting structure that is fit to allow the active force of fusible member antagonistic spring 66.This supporting structure can form the part of arrestment mechanism shown in Figure 52-55.For example fusible member is fixed to casing 458 or pawl one is accepted parts 472.In such design, the brake shown in Figure 52-55, bias voltage and limiting mechanism partly form a self-holding module or a self-holding starter.

Figure 56 shows the device of a casing and reverse arm assembly.In this device, the interregional distance of the torsional axis 484 of arm 464 and arm 464 supporting carriers 468 is than Figure 42--and 54 shown devices have reduced.As shown in the figure, arm 464 is connected to casing 458 by pair of brackets 458 with reversing and comprises that a carrier one accepts part 486.In the device shown in Figure 56, arm 464 can have one normally the design on plane stretch by showing the part of casing end 487 to allow this arm.When discharging limiting mechanism, arm 464 reverses with respect to casing 458 and parts 486 reverse into casing and under acting force of the spring release vehicle make it mobile.As shown in the figure, casing 484 ends 487 are enough open to allow parts 486 to reverse into casing and release vehicle 468.As shown in the figure, end 487 is also enough blocked to prevent that spring 66 from passing through.Figure 56 also illustrates a device of support 470.This support usually with spring in type coincide, thereby when carrier passes through casing, supporting carrier 468 and axioversion in casing not.Another appropriate designs of support 470 is by shown in the dotted line among Figure 56.

Figure 57 and 58 shows another example of spring one bias voltage arrestment mechanism.This mechanism has a lever arm 464 that discharges from casing 458 openends 460.As shown in the figure, lever arm 464 is reversed the clamp that links to each other and comprise pair of meshing one leap member 462 by pin 488 and casing 458.As shown in the figure, cross over member 462 and comprise that a lid 490 is with the openend 460 that covers casing 458 and comprise the projection 491 that is meshed by clamp 489.Other method is, cross over member 462 and can comprise that any being enough to prevented that spring 66 from passing through before limiting mechanism 32 discharges, or forcing another member preferably by end 460, clamp 489 forms to discharge when lever arm begins to reverse in limiting mechanism 32 releases and crosses over member 462.

Figure 59 shows another example of a spring one bias voltage arrestment mechanism.As shown in the figure, be fixed on by limiting mechanism 32 at lever arm 464 such as fusible member 70 one vertical, or on the confined position time.Lever arm and casing 458 are used to promote carrier 468 and pawl 60 more uniform location.Before being attached to fusible member 70, lever arm 464 reverses around the edge 492 of casing 458.Simultaneously, lever arm is rotated to the position like that shown in practice among Figure 59.In this interval, because the distance 293 of 494 of the adjacent edge of edge 492 and carrier 468 is far smaller than the distance of 70 of edge 492 and fusible member, this has just obtained a mechanical dominance.Yet, continue lever arm 464 is reversed downwards, will lose this mechanical dominance.This is because the fulcrum that lever arm reverses has changed.This is by distance 493 ' and 495 ' reflect.As shown in the figure, lever arm 464 reverses around the edge 496 of extension 498 now.The pairing active force that is used to reverse lever arm 464 can be used as the sign whether lever arm 464 is properly oriented.Fusible member can be attached on this anchor point.Certainly, if fusible member be a prefabricated component or have fixing length, can be simply obtain the location of lever arm 464 and pawl 60 accurately by adhering to fusible member.

This brake system and method can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are to be used for illustrative, rather than limit this announcement or statement by any way.Following explanation can be changed and be revised, and must not depart from the scope of this announcement.

4.1 carpenter's machine comprises:

A job partly;

A detection system that is used to survey the unsafe conditions between people and work partly;

And a reaction system relevant with detection system is partly to cause the generation of a predetermined actions relatively with work when detecting unsafe condition, and at this, reaction system comprises that the mechanical energy of deposit is to cause the generation of predetermined action.

4.1.1 carpenter's machine of paragraph 4.1, at this, reaction system comprises a spring that likes the container of deposit mechanical energy.

4.1.2 carpenter's machine of paragraph 4.1, at this, reaction system comprises that a brake and a spring are so that brake and partly engagement of work.

4.2 carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting tool;

One is used to survey the detection system that contacts between people and the cutting tool;

A brake pawl that when detection system detects between people and the cutting tool contact, stops cutting tool;

And the deposit mechanical energy that makes brake pawl engagement cutting tool.

4.2.1 carpenter's machine of paragraph 4.2, at this, the mechanical energy of deposit is a spring.

4.2.2 carpenter's machine of paragraph 4.2.1, at this, spring handle brake pawl pushes and the contacting of cutting tool.

4.2.3 carpenter's machine of paragraph 4.2, at this, the mechanical energy of deposit is in a self-holding cartridge.

4.3 carpenter's machine comprises:

A job partly;

A detection system that is used to survey the unsafe conditions between people and work partly;

And one be used to mesh when detection system detects unsafe condition and braking work brake system partly, and at this, brake system comprises that one is used for brake pawl immigration work spring module partly.

4.4 the braking cartridge of carpenter's machine, cartridge comprises:

A casing;

A brake pawl in the casing;

And one in the casing is used for the optionally spring module of travelling brake pawl, and here, the bias voltage module is controlled oneself.

4.4.1 the braking cartridge of paragraph 4.4, at this, spring module comprises a helical spring of being shunk back by a mechanism. Chapters and sections 5: arrestment mechanism

Therefore as mentioned above, security system 18 comprises that one is used to stop cutting element, prevents or reduces arrestment mechanism 28 to user's injury.As also described in front, arrestment mechanism can comprise that at least one is used to mesh the pawl 60 of cutting element to stop its rotation.For the purpose of discussing below, cutting element 14 will similarly be the table saw, and mitre saw is illustrated in the scope of the saw blade 40 on annular saw or other similar tool.Should be understood that saw blade 40 can comprise similarly being single saw blade of glue pellet or tip carbonization saw blade, or the combination of several saw blades of similar tenonen.

As discussing, pawl 60 can be made by any suitable material that can stop saw blade or other cutting element rapidly.Pawl should similarly be 5 milliseconds in institute must incremental time, preferably 3 milliseconds or shorter, stops saw blade.Top thermoplastic and examples of metallic material are proved to be effective.As long as can in the required time increment, stop saw blade certainly, also can use other material.Preferably, pawl is made by a kind of material that can not damage machine.Be more preferably, pawl is made by a kind of material that can not damage cutting element.Pawl can be made by any suitable method, but as if by whisker material being cut into or casting sheet material.Similarly, pawl can be annealed to increase their intensity.

Should be understood that pawl is heavy more, pawl be pushed that to contact required strength big more with saw blade or other cutting element in selected incremental time, the restraining force that limiting mechanism 32 required being used to overcome bias mechanism is also big more.On the other hand, pawl must have abundant quality and the intensity of standing saw blade active force on pawl.It is also to be understood that, detect danger in detection subsystem 22, or behind the triggering state, it is long more that pawl and saw blade mesh the required time, the time of the time of saw blade rotation and potential cut wound user's hand or other body part is long more.Therefore, preferably this time is reduced to the shortest.Similarly be by reduce pawl and saw blade engagement the distance that must advance and increase the speed that pawl passes through this segment distance.The gait of march of pawl depends on the weight of pawl to a great extent, and when limiting mechanism 32 discharged, bias mechanism 30 was pushed pawl to the active force of saw blade and any frictional force in the mechanism.

There is not specific being suitable for to stop pawl size, geometry or the weight of saw blade or other cutting element.On the contrary, size, geometry and weight can be different.Particular machine type and cutting mechanism that this depends on as if uses with pawl, pawl material or combination of materials, the corresponding construction of bias mechanism 30 and limiting mechanism 32 etc.Therefore, following to material, the discussion meaning work of size and geometry and size provides some suitable materials, the illustrative example of geometry and size.Similarly, pawl can be by the following element of discussing, one or more forms of the variation of daughter element and possibility, and this element that has nothing to do in whether, and whether daughter element occurs in same diagram with making a variation.

The thickness of pawl can be different.Thickness is proved to be effectively to about 1 inch scope about 1/2, as long as pawl can stop saw blade reliably, the thickness that runs off this scope also can be used certainly.When use during as the thick saw blade of mortise saw blade, pawl more may have and surpasses one inch thickness.

Pawl 60 engagement saw blades are to stop the rotation of saw blade rapidly.Pawl 60 can several different designs mesh saw blade, as if the side of engagement saw blade or the sawtooth of saw blade.Shown in Figure 60, pawl 60 is fixed on the axle 502 that extends through pawl one endoporus 504 with reversing, and pawl 60 is used for reversing the into sawtooth 506 of saw blade 40 under the influence of the bias mechanism 30 of spring-like 66.It will be appreciated that pivot pawl described herein is alternatively stated with the axle of fixing pawl and reversed, rather than reverses around axle.Illustrated in the above-mentioned chapters and sections 4 of other suitable bias mechanism.Preferably, pawl 60 is suitable for self-locking, is just drawn in and the tighter engagement of the sawtooth of saw blade 40.This is because when pawl and saw blade were pulled together, their relative geometry position caused.For example, when saw blade 40 prolongs the rotation of direction shown in Figure 60, when saw blade contact pawl, saw blade will draw in the tighter engagement of saw blade to pawl.

When pawl is limited at it, or during the position of having hung down, pawl 60 can be different to the spacing of saw blade 40.For example, this spacing can be depending on the design of specific cutting element, detection system, and/or brakes and changing.Preferably, this distance be minimized with reduce pawl by this distance with the saw blade engagement time of palpus.To be found the pawl of 1/32-1/4 inch---saw blade spacing provides suitable result.One about 1/8 inch spacing is proved to be effective especially.Certainly either large or small spacing also can be used.Because many cutting elements as saw blade do not have accurately, size uniformly, being positioned at apart from saw blade position enough far away pawl to solve one similarly is that the variation or the scrambling of the specific saw blade that illustrates in following chapters and sections 8 may be necessary.Equally, the position of adjustment pawl also may be necessary with the variation that solves between specific saw blade when changing saw blade.For example, cut saw blade for a circle with 0.125 inch of 10 inches of normal diameter and normal thickness, diameter from actual saw blade different manufacturers or that have different application may be in the scope of 9.5--10.5 inch, and thickness is in the scope of 0.075--0.15 inch.

In the indication device of the pawl shown in Figure 60 60, can see that pawl 60 comprises that a main body 508 with contact-making surface 510 is to be used for and saw blade 40 engagements.Pawl 60 also comprises the mesh component 512 of a biased mechanism 30 engagements.As shown in the figure, mesh component 512 forms usually the part of the pawl face 514 of cutting element dorsad.Mesh component 512 also can comprise the depressions or protrusions on the pawl main body.In the fixed position shown in Figure 60, similarly be when security system when fusible member 70 is sent electric current and is discharged limiting mechanism 32, pawl 60 reverses and enters saw blade.When pawl contacted with saw blade, contact-making surface extended along saw blade usually, and sawtooth embeds pawl.

Figure 61 shows another signal example of pawl 60.As shown in the figure, this pawl is more smaller than the pawl shown in Figure 60.The advantage of less pawl is that it is lighter than the pawl made from same material, thereby it does not resemble and needs the heavier pawl very big acting force of the spring in the selected time interval pawl to be pushed saw blade.Other method, a less saw blade goes trend, but is not inevitable, has a less contact-making surface 510.In Figure 61, pawl comprises a saw blade one engagement shoulder 514.This shoulder is suitable for meshing saw blade before contact-making surface, or meshes saw blade at least before sizable a part of contact-making surface.Shoulder 514 can comprise a projection 516.This projection stretches out from common pawl face 518 towards the saw face.Shoulder 514 and/or projection 516 with mesh saw blade before pawl surface contacts, and this contact rapidly the contact-making surface of pawl is reversed into the engagement of saw blade.In essence, shoulder or projection reduce time and/or the acting force of the spring that the rapid shift-in one of pawl is stopped the position institute palpus of saw blade.This braking is to utilize the saw blade momentum that transmits by contacting with shoulder that pawl is drawn in saw blade.Figure 61 has also shown another device of mesh component 512.As shown in the figure, this device comprises that one 514 is extended and the part of spring is held wherein the axle collar 520 from the plane.The axle collar 520 has a big internal diameter of some of diameter than hold of spring section.The adjustment of the location of spring or arrestment mechanism was easier when the axle collar 520 made assembling.

Figure 62 shows another signal example of a suitable pawl.As shown in the figure, this pawl than the previous pawl of illustrating more bigger and comprise one usually with the identical contact-making surface 510 of saw blade external diameter.Figure 62 also shows a fixation kit 522 that is used for limiting mechanism 32.As shown in the figure, fixation kit 522 comprises an aperture 524.The part of limiting mechanism similarly is the part of fusible member 70, directly stretches out from this sky.Fusible member 70 can be described that also a part 526 that becomes to prolong pawl stretches.Other fusible member and limiting mechanism that is fit to will illustrate in greater detail in following chapters and sections 6.In order to increase the promptly action of pawl on saw blade, the contact-making surface 510 of pawl can wrap up performance--reinforcing material 527.As shown in Figure 63.An example of performance--reinforcing material is a relatively high friction material.As if Kevar cloth or wire netting, in this class material " snarling " or be absorbed in saw blade or the sawtooth of other cutting element.Other method is that pawl can be made and be had a surface of swelling and go into saw blade with " stinging " by the material harder than saw blade.Alternately, or in addition, pawl can dispose with firmly grasping structure 529, similarly is high friction material coating, groove, and otch, the hole, projections etc. are with the promptly action of further increase pawl.

Pawl 60 can comprise one or more zones that are removed.Any suitable form can be adopted in these zones, similarly is the depression that part is stretched out pawl, or the aperture or the aperture of stretching out pawl fully.Figure 64 shows an example that plural number is removed the pawl in zone that has that adopts depression 530.Being gone out the zone reduces the gross weight of pawl, compares with similar but heavier pawl, thereby reduces in the selected time interval 30 palpuses of bias mechanism, is added on the pawl, and it is moved into the relativity power that contacts with saw blade.Depression, or groove 530 also reliably allows sawtooth to sting into very darkly, and pawl improves pawl firmly grasping sawtooth.

Figure 64 also shows another example device of mesh component 514.This device advances the depression 532 of pawl main body 508 with stretching, extension form occurs, and the part of spring 66 is extended wherein.Depression 532 can be a lateral opening, maybe may comprise sidewall 534, similarly be by shown in the dotted line like that.Figure 64 shows that also one is used for the fixed mount 535 that links to each other with bias mechanism 30.As shown in the figure, fixed mount 535 adopts the form of a protrusion, and the part of a helical spring (being similar to the spring 66 among Figure 61) is extended around it.Should be understood that fixed mount 535 can be independent of depression 532 and/or sidewall 534 and being used.Figure 64 also shows another appropriate device of the fixation kit 522 that is used for limiting mechanism 32.As shown in the figure, fixation kit comprises that one is used for the fixed mount 536 of connecting rod 538.This connecting rod links to each other with a meltability member that or not does not contact pawl 60 physics.

Pawl shown in Figure 64 also can be described as have a saw blade--main body 508 of mate 540 and at least one and saw blade--mate is compared the zone with the thickness that deducts.For example, previous described depression 543 and saw blade--mate 530 is compared has a thickness that reduces.The thickness that saw blade--engaging piece branch increases provides extra intensity to that part of pawl, and the part of minimizing thickness reduces the gross mass of pawl.Pawl 60 also can be described as and comprise one or more ribs, or support 542.Support 542 extends between aperture 504 and saw blade mate usually to strengthen pawl.

Figure 65 shows that one the example pawl that plural number is removed zone 522 occurs having with aperture 544 forms.Compare with not comprising the similar pawl that aperture or other are removed the zone, but the weight/power ratio of pawls is reduced in aperture 544.When saw blade or other cutting element bump pawl, aperture 544 also provides the material deformation of formation pawl 60 or the zone of inflow.These deformed regions reduce the suffered pressure of pawl when the engagement saw blade.Should be understood that size that is removed the zone discussed herein and location are the purposes for illustrative.And these zones can be positioned in any suitable position on the pawl, have various form, size and configuration.

Figure 66 shows a variation of pawl among Figure 65.In Figure 66, aperture 544 is filled by another kind of material 546.Should be understood that part or all of aperture can be filled by material 546 partially or completely.For example, the main body of pawl 60 can be by a kind of the making in the material described above.And the aperture is filled by the another kind of or top NM material in the previous materials.As a special case, the pawl main body can be made by Merlon or ABS, and aperture 544 is by suitable metal filled of aluminium or another.

Figure 67 shows another variation of pawl among Figure 65.In Figure 67, pawl 60 comprises the aperture 544 of a plural number.One or more cables 548 pass from these apertures.As shown in the figure, a single cable 548 is around these apertures and extend through the part of contact-making surface 510.Though among Figure 67, generally having illustrated the number of cable or line thigh may preferably have a lot of line thighs, similarly is in the scope of about 20 and 500 line thighs.Should be understood that one section cable of one " thigh " line meaning work extend through pawl.Similarly be plane, and need not consider that whether the line thigh links to each other with other line thigh or form by having identical unified length with other line thigh transverse to saw blade or other cutting element place.Other method is that cable and line thigh can be passed one or more apertures and need not the extend through contact-making surface.The example of a suitable material of cable 546 is high-tensile stainless steels.Can obtain this stainless steel of various different-diameters.In experiment, 0.01 inch of diameter is proved to be effectively, but the cable 548 of either large or small diameter, and also can be used by the cable that other material is made.

The synthetic pawl of other form comprises the formed pawl in two or more zones by different materials.Figure 68 shows an example of this synthetic pawl 60.In Figure 68, pawl main body 508 comprises a zone 550 different with main body other parts material.And zone 550 forms saw blade at least--the part of meshing part 540.Should be understood that the zone 550 can have various difformities, comprises the stratum of common uniform thickness, similarly be among Figure 68 shown in the solid line like that, or uniform shape not too similarly is that the stratum shown in the dotted line 550 is such among Figure 68.

Pawl 60 also can be made by synthetic material, as if by the stratum of different materials or will a kind of specific building materials injection or embed another kind of material with increasing hole angle or strengthen a kind of required characteristic.For example, a kind of thermoplastic material can comprise a framework or diffusion fiber or other material.Figure 69 shows a pawl example of being made by this synthetic material.In Figure 69, the pawl main body is formed by center material 552, and packing material 554 is added into wherein.Packing material 554 can adopt particle, fiber, braided fiber, powder and other similar form.

Pawl 60 also can comprise a removable saw blade--mate 540.This just allows after pawl is used to brake saw blade 60 and at saw blade--and mate is damaged the back by saw blade and is changed again to reuse.Should be understood that this saw blade--the remainder of pawl can optionally be removed and be attached to again to mate to " removable " meaning work.Figure 70 shows an example of this pawl.In Figure 70, pawl comprises main body 508 and removable saw blade--mate 540 '.Saw blade--mate 540 ' can be by with the identical or different material of main body 508 or combination of materials and make.Saw blade--mate 540 ' can be attached on the main body 508 by any suitable attachment mechanism 556.This attachment mechanism 556 is only illustrated in Figure 70 briefly.The example of suitable attachment mechanism 556 is included in the interlocking portions and saw blade on the main body--mate and/or be connected main body and the saw blade--mechanical linkage of mate.

In Figure 71, pawl 60 comprises a saw blade that covers pawl at least--the shell or the lid 558 of mate.Shell 558 better can not damage saw blade 40 by having the ability that strengthens pawl braking saw blade 40 material constitutes.For example, shell 558 bags are made by Kevlar cloth.Similarly, a kind of like this material can be embedded in the thermoplastic that constitutes pawl 60 or other material and go.As in Figure 69 simple signal.Shown in Figure 72, shell 558 can completely or partially extend around pawl, or additionally can partly be embedded in the pawl.Further, Kelar cloth, or polylith Kelar cloth can be embedded in the thermoplastic that constitutes pawl or other material and goes.As described with reference to Figure 69 in front, and need not consider whether saw blade--the mate of extend through pawl of this material.

Figure 63 shows a pawl variation that comprises shell 558.In Figure 73, one of the main part limitation of pawl comprises side wall 562 that the space separates and the framework 560 that limits interstitial passage 564.This passage of shell 558 extend throughs and be placed to when pawl is pushed into saw blade engagement and stop on the position of saw blade.

When pawl 60 is fixed to reverse when entering with the engagement of saw blade or other cutting element, pawl can comprise the rotating shaft more than.Figure 74--76 have shown the example of this pawl.In diagram, pawl is fixed on a pair of reverse arm 566.As shown in the figure, the contact-making surface 510 of pawl 60 with a prolongation with the major part engagement of saw blade.Reverse arm 566 can have identical or different length, and can be fixed to (not shown) on the pivot fixing point that is positioned saw blade outer rim the inside or outside.

Advantage with pawl of elongation contact-making surface is: the active force that pawl applied is distributed on the saw blade major part, thereby allows saw blade to be braked quickly.Long contact-making surface can also be used to reduce the possibility of damaging saw blade.This is because on the sawtooth that brake force is distributed to more.

Among Figure 74, reverse arm 566 is fixed on respect on the suitable position of pawl 60 away from the machine 10 of saw blade.And in Figure 75, reverse arm is fixed on respect to the place of pawl 60 near saw blade.In Figure 76, one of reverse arm extends to the saw blade top, and another reverse arm extends to respect to the place of pawl near saw blade.After reverse arm extends with respect to pawl, or near an advantage of saw blade be: pawl can not be rotated to certain a bit, and this point afterwards pawl will reverse and leave rather than reverse to saw blade.For example, in 60 devices of the pawl shown in Figure 75, when direction rotation shown in the saw blade edge and bump pawl, pawl will always be pulled in the engagement tighter with saw blade.

Should be understood that the axle 502 of the fixedly pawl that the front is illustrated or other structure can be fixed with respect to the casing of machine.In the saw blade position can controlled installations, when preferably being adjusted in the saw blade position, the moving of the fixed form of pawl with saw blade.A kind of arrangement in back is placed and is guaranteed that pawl keeps a preposition with respect to saw blade.

Other method is, pawl can be fixed on not on the machine position that saw blade is adjusted, but is appropriate to use and need not consider on the constant bearing of saw blade installation site with saw blade at one.The example of Figure 77 and such " static " pawl of 78 signals.Move at the relative position of saw blade " static " expression pawl position is not move with saw blade.Yet when the reaction subsystem was activated, pawl 60 will move into and the saw blade position engaged.Other method is, saw blade move up and down therewith and the machine of skew back in, pawl can adapt to an adjustment mode and moves, similarly be with saw blade incline to, but keep and other adjustment, similarly be saw blade by lifting, the position that is maintained fixed.

Shown in Figure 77 and 78, when saw blade was vertically adjusted, pawl 60 was extended, and changed size and shape and stretched with the periphery 568 that prolongs saw blade 40.Similarly, pawl 60 is changed size to enlarge the width that saw blade 40 tilts.Shown in Figure 77 and 78, pawl 60 is fixed on parallel with the vertical axis of saw blade operation usually, and on vertical with the saw blade sloping shaft usually orientation.As a result, the spacing of saw blade and contact-making surface 510 is maintained fixed and need not considers the position or the direction of saw blade.

The upper end of pawl is adhered on the superincumbent reverse arm 570 by being reversed by reversing nail 572.Reverse nail 572 and pass an end of reverse arm 570 and enter the pawl side, other end of reverse arm 570 is reversed nail 574 and is reversed attached to (not shown) on one or more fixing points.Pawl 60 lower end are reversed nail 578 and are reversed attached on the following reverse arm 576.Reverse nail 578 ends that pass reverse arm 576 and enter the pawl side.Following reverse arm is reversed nail 580 and is reversed attached to (not shown) on the fixing point.Similarly be that the bias mechanism 30 of one or more springs 66 is attached and is reversing nail 580 sides facing to reversing below the nail 577 on the reverse arm.Like this, pawl 60 be designed to reverse to or away from saw blade 40.When limiting mechanism 32, similarly be meltability member 70, during release, bias mechanism is pushed reverse arm 576 upper end to below, thereby a reverse arm lower end corresponding pawl end is drawn in the state that meshes with saw blade.

Reverse arm 570 and 576 is to be changed size like this and to settle the orientation.Do not hitting under the situation at saw blade edge, pawl 60 can not upwards reverse to pass through saw blade.When pawl bump saw blade and saw blade also when rotated, the motion of saw blade causes pawl to continue upwards to reverse up to pawl to be inserted in securely between saw blade and the reverse arm, and saw blade is stopped.The contact-making surface 510 of pawl can be made into certain structure, covers certain material, or the like, to strengthen the promptly action between pawl and saw blade.

Pawl 60 biased mechanisms 30 make progress bias voltage to reverse to saw blade.For example, this bias mechanism 30 comprises that one or more electric saws that are fixed on turn round spring 66 on frame or other the suitable mounting structure.Like this, but when the pawl FREE TORSION, spring 66 drives pawls and reverses to saw blade rapidly.Be similar to above-mentioned example device, meltability member 70 can link to each other with pawl to hold it on the position of leaving saw blade.This meltability member is made into pawl to be remained on the size of the position of leaving the saw blade edge a little.Yet when an enough big electric current passes through this meltability member, the meltability member will melt, and reverse to saw blade under the active force of bias mechanism 30 to cause pawl.

It will be appreciated that to have the variation of example device shown in a lot of Figure 77 and 78.For example, pawl can be designed to only reverse to saw blade at the gravity active force.Other method is that spring 66 can be a compressing spring.This compressing spring under normal circumstances is fixed on pawl the position of leaving saw blade, up to it at another spring, explosive, magnetic valve, influence such as the active force of gas pressure etc. is gone up and is upwards reversed to extremely.Further, this pawl can be installed in the opposite side of saw blade, so that at the spring explosive, and magnetic valve, the influence of active forces such as gas pressure is torqued in the saw blade downwards down.

Figure 79 shows another example of a suitable pawl 60.As shown in the figure, pawl 60 comprises a rear portion 582 of behind contact-making surface 510 usually.Rear portion 582 comprises the rail portion 584 of a plural number.On a suitable fixed structure just as the part of mechanism 12, the tracks 590 at rail portion 584 and corresponding plural rail portion 587 collaborative definition rollers 592 places.Band tooth roller 592 is rotatable in track 590.And when saw blade bump pawl 60, guiding pawl 60 is to the translation of saw blade 40.Roller also can reduce under the brake load, moves the frictional force of pawl with respect to a slip translation.Preferably, pawl 60 comprises the guide pin 593 of (not shown) operation in orbit.This track limits the scope of pawl 60 translation positions, keeps contacting of roller and track simultaneously.

Figure 80 shows the indication device of another arrestment mechanism 28.This device comprise a translation and with shown in the pawl 60 of saw blade or other cutting element engagement.Pawl 60 comprises a contact-making surface that preferably but not necessarily coincide with saw blade 40 external diameters.Pawl 60 is limited mechanism 32 and is limited in holding up of it, or on the confined position.As shown in the figure, limiting mechanism 32 comprises one or more meltability members 70.Preferably, arrestment mechanism comprises the guide mechanism 501 of a definition track 503.When the biased mechanism 30 of pawl pushed saw blade or other cutting element to, pawl was along track 501 operations.Figure 80 shows the example of this guiding structural.In the drawings, guiding structural comprises a casing 505.Pawl is partly erect at it at least, or the position of restriction is taken in the casing.Discharging the ground pawl at limiting mechanism 32 stretches out from casing at least in part.The spitting image of being a piston that moves in the vapour tube, under the promotion of bias mechanism 60, pawl 60 moves on a path for translation that is limited by casing 505 inner spaces.

Figure 81 and 82 shows other schematic example of the arrestment mechanism 28 with translation pawl.Among Figure 81, guide structure 501 comprise two or more by pawl 60 stretch out with guiding--the mesh component 507 of guiding 509 engagement of a corresponding number.Guiding 509 separates and defines the path for translation of pawl with pawl.Among Figure 82, pawl 60 comprises guided inside--mesh component 507 similarly is one or more apertures, inside 511 that the pawl path for translation extends in parallel of prolonging.The operating path with the definition pawl is extended in the guiding 509 of a respective number at least in part in the aperture.At Figure 80--in 82, pawl 60 is directly pushed saw blade 40 along path for translation.Should be understood that pawl and/or guiding structural can similarly be to come the angular momentum of balance saw blade or utilize braking action power to draw pawl and saw blade tighter with respect to the saw blade angle that tilts.

Though the example device of an engagement sawtooth in single braking pawl scope has been described above.This brakes, can comprise one have two or more pawls with the arrestment mechanism of two or more positions of engagement saw blade periphery to reduce braking time and/or to disperse breaking force.Figure 83 shows an example of this arrestment mechanism, and in the drawings, arrestment mechanism 28 comprises that two branches dry moat outside a city wall the pawl 60 that is used to mesh saw blade 40 peripheries of 7d.Pawl 60 only illustrated in Figure 83 briefly, and can comprise any aforesaid pawl or be included in one or more characteristic elements of above-mentioned explanation, the pawl of sub-element and variation.Pawl can be holded up from them by a usual relieving mechanism or confined position is released, or each pawl can have its exclusive relieving mechanism.When arrestment mechanism 28 comprises a plurality of pawl, preferably the upright position of pawl is activated and pawl 60 is added in load on the cutter shaft when meshing saw blades to reduce when arrestment mechanism 28 in the relative both sides of saw blade swivel knife shaft.

When arrestment mechanism 28 comprises a plurality of pawl, pawl also can be limited or mutual connection with together the action.Figure 84 shows the example of such braking mechanism, and braking mechanism comprises a plural inline pawl 60 among the figure.As shown in the figure, each pawl 60 comprises one or more toothed area 513 with plural sawtooth 515.The zone 513 of contiguous saw blade 60 is connected in tooth-profile of gear or the connecting rod 517, and connecting rod 517 connects the rotation of a pawl that an integral body moves so that pawl is as one with other pawl.It will be appreciated that, one or more pawls or gear by with a suitable bias mechanism link to each other with limiting mechanism with the pawl bias voltage to contact and optionally limits with saw blade 40 pawl move up to security system 18 start react subsystems till.In the variation of a braking mechanism shown in Figure 84, gear 517 can be omitted, and tends to do with connecting rod the interior connection of pawl.

As mentioned above, the pawl of arrestment mechanism 28 or pawls can contact with any proper site of saw blade 40 or other cutting element 14.At Fig. 2 and Figure 60--in the schematic apparatus shown in 84, pawl is mounted to mesh with sawtooth or saw blade outer rim.Another example of the saw blade contact site that can fit is the saw blade side.Particularly, arrestment mechanism 28 can comprise two or more pawls that are used to mesh the saw blade both sides.Figure 85 shows an example of this arrestment mechanism.As shown in the figure, pawl 60 is installed in saw blade 40 both sides with reversing.Each pawl comprises saw blade a--meshing part 540 near saw blade, and a top 519.Two pawls are fixed on the pin 521 with being reversed.Pin 521 passes on the pawl between saw blade--reverse hole 523 between meshing part and the top.Lever arm 525 links to each other with top 519.Like this, when the lever arm of each pawl upwards reverses (shown in Figure 85), this saw blade--meshing part is close mutually.Pawls are fixed with respect to saw blade, and contact-making surface reverses to saw blade along the saw blade traffic direction like this.In case pawl contact and saw blade promptly, their can be reversed continuing by the downward motion pulling of saw blade.As a result, saw blade holds more and more tighter at 510 quilts of pawl contact-making surface, can not lean on closely again up to pawl, and in that, saw blade is being stopped between pawl.

All closely draw close each end of lever arm 525 connecting rod 527 of all ining succession to saw in order to ensure two pawls.Connecting rod 529 links to each other with a bias mechanism (not shown).This bias mechanism pushes pawl with saw blade with lever arm 525 exert a forces by connecting rod 527 and contacts.

It will be appreciated that above-mentioned two pawl system can be realized by many variations.For example, connecting rod can be driven by above-mentioned any other Starting mode.This comprises an explosive, magnetic valve, Compressed Gas or the like.Another example is, one or more pawls can be positioned with only with a contacts side surfaces of saw blade.In addition, connecting rod can be omitted, and each pawl is by an independent spring, explosive, and magnetic valves etc. start.Similarly, though saw blade is used to the cutting tool of illustrating that a kind of brakes can be used, brakes similarly is to be used for seamer by being used for the saw blade of other shape, the saw blade of make-up machine and band saw.

For example, Figure 163,164 describe, an alternative apparatus of the arrestment mechanism 28 in band saw 594 scopes.In this device, when receiving the contact detectable signal, brakes is separated saw band.By separating saw band, the tension fit of saw band on wheel has been released, to allow saw band to be stopped or to remove and need not stop wheel.

Can see clearlyer in detail drawing 164, alternative arrestment mechanism 28 comprises an explosive cable or bolt shearing device 596.It is neighbouring to separate saw band when receiving detectable signal that this device is placed in saw blade 40.Suitable cable shearing device 596 can obtain from difference source, and these sources comprise the New Jersey.The size of cable shearing device 596 and structure can be by the size of saw band 40 and width, saw band material, factor such as saw band speed and changing.Usually, cable shearing device 596 will be set at and nestle up the workbench lower surface, to stop moving down that saw band still continues after separated.One is similar to electronic device unit 597 described above and is connected on the cable shearing device 596, so that send an enabling signal to this device when electronic unit detects user's health and contacts with saw band.Device 596 then almost moment separate saw band, then, discharge the tension fit of saw band around wheel 595.In case after separated, even wheel is rotated further, saw band is stop motion in fact.As mentioned above, safety arrestment optionally is designed to close the motor of band saw 594, and separates saw band.In addition, one or more pawl (not shown) can be designed to engagement and stop saw blade, and at the same time, device 596 separates saw band, thereby guarantee that saw band can not continue to move after separation.

This brake system, element and method can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are to be used for illustrative, rather than limit this announcement or statement by any way.Following explanation can be changed and be revised, and must not depart from the scope of this announcement.

5.1 carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting tool that is used for cut workpiece and comprises at least two cutting surfaces;

A brake system that is used to stop cutting tool, at this, brake system comprises a thermoplastic pawl that is used to mesh the cutting surface of cutting tool.

5.1.1 the brake system of paragraph 5.1, at this, pawl is self-locking when the cutting surface engaged of pawl and cutting tool.

5.1.2 paragraph 5.1 brake system, at this, pawl is pivoted on the machine.

5.2 one is used to brake at periphery and has the brake system of the saw blade of plural sawtooth to comprise:

A first brake pawl that is used for meshing first sawtooth in saw blade periphery primary importance;

A second brake pawl that is used for engagement second sawtooth of and primary importance different at the saw blade periphery;

And, an actuating mechanism that is used for two pawls are pushed saw blade.

5.3 a brake system that is used to stop saw blade comprising:

Brake pawl with the zone that contacts with saw blade, this brake pawl are shaped as can be simultaneously and a zone engages of the saw blade that comprises at least 30 degree saw blade girths;

And one is suitable for optionally ordering about the start-up system that the brake pawl enters saw blade.

5.4 carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting element that is suitable for cutting workpiece and has at least two cutting surfaces;

A brake system that is used to stop cutting element, at this, brake system comprises a pawl with the engagement of the cutting surface of cutting element; And this pawl is to make with two kinds of materials with different physical characteristics.

5.4.1 paragraph 5.4 machine, at this, at least a material is a thermoplastic.

5.4.2 paragraph 5.4 machine, at this, at least a material is a metal.

5.5 carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting element that is suitable for cutting workpiece and has at least two cutting surfaces;

A brake system that is suitable for stopping cutting element, at this, brake system comprises a metal pawl that is suitable for meshing the cutting surface of cutting element.

5.5.1 paragraph 5.5 machine, at this, pawl mainly is made of aluminum. Chapters and sections 6: emission subsystem

In the device of a lot of security systems 18, one similarly is that meltability member 70 shown in Figure 2 will be used to limit some elements or action.Similarly be that the front is illustrated, pawl is pulled away from saw blade.Such meltability member can adopt different forms, but cable that will melt after by certain electric current normally.This had also described going forward.In case the cable fusing, brake or pawl just are released to stop saw blade.

When with pawl as when brake, the meltability member can be attached at pawl and fixing point or support, similarly is that contact support 72 shown in Figure 2 is the same, prevents that pawl from moving into the engagement with saw blade.In that device, to the saw blade bias voltage, pawl is hauling the meltability member to pawl always like this by a spring.Therefore, the meltability member should have high-tensile strength intensity to bear the lasting pulling of pawl and to prevent that the meltability member from rupturing suddenly.In addition, the meltability member should have high tension intensity so that with respect to the heat of fusing member institute palpus, intensity has been maximized.The fusible member of high resistance also is best, and this is because for a given electric current, can increase heat quickly.Should be understood that, the size of meltability member depend in part at least restraining spring must active force.Usually, wish to have bigger spring force to increase the speed and vigor of pawl contact saw blade.In place that need very big pressure, need one have larger-diameter meltability member, thereby need a bigger current value with fusing meltability member.Possibility need the emission system with more expensive electronic component conversely for a bigger current value.Like this, one discharges brake with the meltability member or the security system of pawl must consider similarly to be to be applied to the amount of force of meltability member and the factor of meltability member size.

In the device of shown in Figure 2 and the front is illustrated pawl and meltability member, spring 66 is executed bias voltage with pawl to saw blade 40 with a specific function power, and meltability member 70 is one and has enough tension intensitys so that the cable of pawl antagonistic spring active force.For example, the meltability member is one 0.010 inch nickel wire cable or steel strand, and spring can have the acting force of the spring at about 5--25 pound.

In Fig. 2, the meltability member is shorter than about 1--3 inch usually, and is wrapped in contact support 72.Contact support 72 has circular cross-section usually.Like this, it just do not exist may be at any edge of a privileged site concentrated stress of meltability member.Other method is, contact support can comprise an edge with one of the meltability member palpus position concentrated stress.This contact support can adopt any form.It is a pin or a protrusion that is wrapped in by the meltability member, and it is the screw of a band circular hole, and the meltability member passes from circular hole.Like this, just rotation is to wrap up fusible member around screw for screw, and it is clip, or its some other structure.

Among Figure 72, support 72 comprises about 0.010 to 0.5 inch zone that (or littler) splits or space between the support two halves.Electric current flows through half of support, by fusible member, arrives second half of support.Then, arrive ground wire.This weak point crack area is useful to fusible member is melted with help in power concentration to a zonule.Two and half ones of support can be considered to two near and the electrode that separates, at this electrode also as the support of fusible member.When electrode during also as support, they must be enough solid to support fusible member load.

Other method is that the support that is used for fixing fusible member can separate with electrode, and electrode can contact with fusible member simply.For example, in Fig. 2, contact support 72 can be a fixing point, and electrode can be placed between support 72 and the pawl 60 place against fusible member 70.

It will be appreciated that: fusible member can be designed in addition a lot of modes.Act on an example, a coil can be attached on the contact plug and relative coil is attached on the pin of ground connection.If the centre of coil is placed in the spring end of contiguous pawl, when coil melts, spring will be released.In this design, the electric current that melts fusible member by fusible member, flows to the ground connection pin only from the contact pin.

In other device, cable with relatively low tensile strength can be used to fixedly pawl to resist a big acting force of the spring.This can by around cable so that the cable different parts is worked together realizes with fixing pawl.For example, cable can be encompassed letter " M " or " VV shown in Figure 86 " shape.In this design, meltability member 70 is tied up the end at fixing point 600.From there, around first pillar 601, then around support 602, around second pillar 603 of pawl opposite side, tied up on second fixing point 604 then by fusible after this member at pawl 60 1 side rings for fusible member.In this mode, fusible member is between fixing point 600 and pillar 601, pillar 601 and support 602, and the part between support 602 and pillar 603 and pillar 603 and the fixing point 604 plays four line thighs that separate.And together pawl is drawn back from saw blade.Like this, fusible member with 30 pounds of tensile loads can be held a quilt and can reach 120 pounds active force bias voltage at most to the pawl of saw blade.In Figure 86, support 602 is designed to pass through a surge current with the fusing member to the part of fusible member.Fusible then member disconnects and discharges pawl on support 602.This device allows to use one to have relatively than minor diameter so that can be by the fusible member of less electric current fusing.

In some devices, a fusible member will be used to fix one two rank connecting rod, clip or synthetic release.Conversely, connecting rod or synthetic release will limit some actions or fixing as some elements of pawl.By stationary links or synthetic release, the meltability member limits an action effectively or fixes an element.Use connecting rod or synthetic release that a mechanical dominance is provided.This advantage is exactly that the permission system uses one to have than minor diameter and have less tension intensity but can keep the fusible member of several centals or greater role power.But this can allow to use a less fuse thigh so that it can melt quickly and/or by littler electric current.Various connecting rods and synthetic release chapters and sections 4 in the above have more detailed description.

Fusible member also can be had the cable formation of end cap or inclined to one side plain block to set up a given length by a mistake Mo pressure.Cross Mo press with form end cap or partially plain block provide one effectively promptly and the mode of fixed cable.Figure 87 shows three so fusible members.First fusible member, a cable 605 is that two closes up.And the two ends of line all are fixed on the ring 606, and wire loop 606 is casting elements, and cable 605 in its end 607 pressed partially or knotting in case the principal vertical line cable breaks away from coil.Wire loop 606 will be cast or mold pressing in the end usually.Cable 605 can extend around electrode, and wire loop 606 may extend into a pin or a pin on synthetic release on the pawl.

Except respectively there was a ring at the cable two ends, first of second fusible member shown in Figure 87 and firm description was similar.As mentioned above, cable and damper ends is pressed partially or is tied a knot to be fixed to cable on the wire loop and to prevent that cable from being pulled away from wire loop.

Figure 87 also shows next cable 608.This cable has the cap that is cast with at its two ends.This cap can be used to cable is fixed on some devices.

Certainly, the people who is proficient in this technology is understood that: fusible member can be designed to multiple mode with fixedly pawl or brake, and the possible mode of the only simple signal of described specific device.Oneself can adopt different forms fusible member, similarly is a cable or a film.In some devices, may wish fusible member by big cable, sheet material or band are made.These material shapes have the part with a tight waist that reduces of a small size/width.With more concentrated area heating, and obtain higher current density at position with a tight waist.

Explain that as top the emission system 76 that fusible member and produces a unexpected surge current links to each other and melts fusible member with response from contacting the detection system output signal.In the example of an above-mentioned fusible member relevant with Fig. 2, approximately the electric current of 20--100 ampere is to guarantee safety or fusing rapidly.Intelligible as those people that present technique is proficient in, the circuit that much is suitable for providing this current surge is arranged.

Figure 88 illustrates a device of emission system 76.That example device comprises one or more to the charge storage devices of control subsystem output signal generation reaction by fusible member discharge.(as mentioned above, depend on survey contacting between user and saw blade) from the output signal of control system.Use charge storage devices to remove demand to the high-current supply that melts fusible member institute palpus.It will be appreciated that certainly, a current source can be used to replace charge storage devices.Other method is, other device can be used to provide must electric current, this comprises a silicon rectifier that links to each other with power line or controllable silicon.

Emission system shown in Figure 88 comprises a pair of triode 610 with high relatively electric current.Triode be connected with to fusible member 70 by there being the electric current in the storage device.Triode 610 is by the output signal conducting from control subsystem 26.Shown in Figure 88, link to each other with triode 610 gate poles from the output signal of controlling subsystem 26.Any suitable triode all can be used.It similarly is the IRFZ40 MOSFET triode of being proficient in known to the people of present technique.Triode is parallel between charge storage devices 611 and the fusible member 70.In example device, charge storage devices is with 75, and the form of 000uF capacitor board occurs.One 100 Ohmic resistance 612 links to each other with 24 volts of voltage sources with the quantity of electric charge on foundation and the maintenance capacitor board.When control subsystem 26 is output as when high, triode 610 allows to exist electric charge on the capacitor board by fusible member.Be stored in being released in suddenly in about 1--5 millisecond of electric charge in the capacitor board and fusible member be heated to its fusing point.Other method is that one or more triodes can similarly be that the silicon controlled switching device replaces by other.Use the advantage that stored charge also melts fusible member to be, emission system does not rely on line power supply capacity or line voltage-phase.

Figure 89 shows another replacement device of emission system 76.Alternative radiating circuit comprises the fusible member 70 that is connected between the controllable silicon 613 that a high-voltage power supply HV and similarly is NTE5552.The controllable silicon gate pole links to each other with control subsystem 26.Control subsystem 26 is opened controllable silicon SCR 613 by the electric current that about 40mA is provided, thereby allows high voltage source HV to discharge to ground wire by fusible member 70.In case controllable silicon is opened, need only the maintenance electric current that is higher than about 40mA by the electric current of fusible member 70, controllable silicon will continue conducting, and the electric current by gate pole is removed.Like this, controllable silicon will be guided electric current and will be melted or high voltage source is removed up to fusible member by fusible member.Even in case the controllable silicon conducting promptly can keep the fact of conducting state to allow it that the very short pulse from control system 26 is also reacted.Should it may be noted that a high pressure (HV) electric capacity can provide high voltage pulse.Use high voltage electric capacity to cause a very high surge current, thereby fusible member is than using low-pressure system to melt fasterly.It will be appreciated that: the big I of high-voltage capacitance according to need and different so that the electric current of fusing fusible member 70 palpuses to be provided.

Figure 90 shows another device of emission system 76.This device comprises that is connected in one 390 a microfarad electric capacity, by reference number 620 expression and TYN410 controllable silicons, by reference number 612 expressions, fusible member 70.In the device shown in the image pattern 90, electric capacity 620 can change in the scope of 5000 microfarads in about 100 microfarads.Electric capacity 620 is connected between a high-voltage charge line 622 (for example, from a jump boost charge device) and the ground wire.The high-voltage charge line charges to about 180--200 volt with electric capacity.The controllable silicon gate pole links to each other with control subsystem 623.One opens controllable silicon 621 from the signal of control subsystem 623, to allow electric capacity by fusible member 70 discharges.In this device, this electric capacity it is believed that can provide about 1000 to 1500 an amperes pulse.Explain as top in case controllable silicon is opened, as long as the electric current by fusible member remains on keep on the electric current, controllable silicon will continue conducting.Like this, controllable silicon will make electric current be melted or high-voltage power supply is removed up to fusible member by fusible member.Emission system 76 also comprise one be connected between controllable silicon gate pole and the ground wire 1K resistance with keep from 623 to the signal of ground wire up to moving it to high potential from a signal of control subsystem.Emission system can not triggered by noise like this.One sense line 625 is connected between controllable silicon 621 and the fusible member 70.Control system can monitor that electric charge on the electric capacity 620 is to guarantee electric capacity and be recharged and to work like this.With respect to electric capacity 620, connect sensor 625 downwards from fusible member 70 and allow control system to check electric capacity by fusible member.This just means control system has checked also whether fusible member is the complete sum operate as normal.Should be noted that sense line also can be used to charge to electric capacity.

Those people that are proficient in electrotechnics are understood that, the example device of above-mentioned emission system only is several in the design that much can be used.Therefore, can understand that any proper device or design all can be used.Controllable system, power supply, sense line and use together with emission system or relevant device above-mentioned chapters and sections 1,2 and 3 and following chapters and sections 9 in be described in greater detail.

Figure 96 shows an emission system 76 that is assembled on the printed substrate 630.This emission system is similar to the circuit shown in Figure 90, and comprises electric capacity 620 and controllable silicon 621.One connector 631 is in the same place with printed substrate, and circuit can be connected to control system like this, on sense line and the power supply.A contact support 632 that is formed by the electrode 634,636 that separates is fixed on the printed substrate.One fusible member also extends around contact support in use.

Figure 92 shows a cutaway top view of contact support and electrode 634 and 636.And fusible member 70 is wrapped on the electrode.As mentioned above, electrode is made into and has a little gap 640, and when electric current when an electrode arrives another electrode by fusible member, fusible member fractures outside this gap or melts.Contact support 632 is designed to and is enclosed within on a support stopper and the ring flange 642 and with help support is fixed on the stopper.

Figure 93 demonstration is installed in the cartridge 82, comprises the printed substrate 630 of electric capacity 620 and controllable silicon 621.This cartridge is held pawl 60, spring 66 and fusible member 70.Fusible member 70 stops pawl outwards to move by the motion of the synthetic connecting rod 650 of restriction.Fusible member solderless wrapped connection is touched support 632 and is extended.Being enclosed within contact on the support 632 is that of a cartridge shell part supports stopper.When the emission system on the printed substrate 630 76 when fusible member is sent a surge current, 70 fusings of fusible member.But synthetic then connecting rod 650 and pawl 60 freely-movables, and spring 66 forces pawl 60 outwards to move rapidly.Cartridge 82 can be designed to be used in the chain drive in all styles of, similarly is the table saw, seam planing tool etc.In addition, cartridge 82 can be contained in again by " refitting " with a new pawl and fusible member again, and is reused after the emission system emission.

Figure 94 shows that a fusible member is installed in the device between a fixing point 652 and the pawl 60.Two electrodes 653 with 654 with contact with fusible member between pawl at fixing point, but do not supporting fusible member.Electrode 653 and 654 can adopt the form of the conducting wire on printed substrate.This conducting wire is forming on printed substrate and is stretching the high printing plate surface that arrives a little, and fusible like this member 70 can contact with them by stretching these two electrodes.The mounting means of printed substrate makes electrode 653 and 654 bring some pressure to bear on fusible member to guarantee and the contacting of fusible member.As describing, electrode 653 links to each other with an emission system with 654.Certainly, electrode 653 and 654 design and orientation can change.

Figure 95 to 98 is presented under the given factor, an emission system melt a cable must the time relevant data.These given factors comprise similarly being emission system, cable size, the load on the fusible member etc.Figure 94 is presented on the cable under the load variations, and the fusing cable is the used time approximately.The cable of being tested is a stainless steel, and ASTM302/304 has the tempering spring of 0.010 inch diameter, and is wrapped on the brass electrode with 0.044 inch spacing.This emission system uses 390 microfarad electric capacity that are charged to 163 volts to melt cable.To certain loads, the whenabouts of cable fusing is as follows: 5 pounds of load 231 microseconds, 10 pounds of load 98 microseconds, 15 pounds of load 6 microseconds, 20 pounds of load 48 microseconds, 25 pounds of load 39 microseconds, 30 pounds of load 33 microseconds, 35 pounds of load 22 microseconds, and 40 pounds of load 18 microseconds.These data are presented at the increase of load on the fusible member, melt this member must time decreased.

Figure 69 shows that when electrode spacing changes the fusing cable is the required time approximately.Tested cable is a stainless steel, ASTM302/304, and the tempering spring that diameter is 0.010 inch, and be wrapped on the brass electrode.Emission system uses a 390uF electric capacity that is charged to 163 volts to melt cable.Load is 20 pounds on the cable.To the special electrodes spacing, the whenabouts of cable fusing is as follows: 0.1 inch spacing 70 microsecond, 0.044 inch spacing 47 microsecond, and 0.013 inch spacing 37 microsecond.The data demonstration reduces with electrode spacing, and the time of melting fusible member reduces.

Figure 97 shows the variation with voltage on the electric capacity in the emission system, melts the used whenabouts of a cable.Tested cable is a stainless steel, ASTM302/304, and the tempering spring that diameter is 0.010 inch, and be wrapped on the brass electrode with 0.044 inch spacing.This emission system is used one 390 microfarad electric capacity.To specific voltage, the whenabouts of cable fusing is as follows: 123 volt of 296 microsecond, 133 volt of 103 microsecond, 143 volt of 81 microsecond, 153 volt of 57 microsecond, 163 volt of 47 microsecond, 173 volt of 40 microsecond, and 183 volt of 39 microsecond.When voltage only was 103～113 volts, this cable can not melt.Data show the increase with voltage, melt the used time decreased of a fusible member.

Figure 98 shows that melt the used whenabouts of different big or small cables, tested cable all is a stainless steel, ASTM302/304, and the spring flexible wire, cable is wrapped on the brass electrode with 0.044 inch spacing.Emission system is used one the 390 microfarad electric capacity that charges to 163 volts.This cable has 40 pounds of loads.To the particular cable diameter, it is as follows to melt the used whenabouts of cable: 0.013 inch diameter, 18 microseconds, and 0.011 inch diameter, 39 microseconds, and 0.012 inch diameter, 81 microseconds, a cable with 0.013 inch diameter does not melt.The data demonstration reduces with cable diameter, and the fusing used time of cable reduces.

These data are presented in the above-mentioned system, can use one 25 to 200 pounds to load on less than 200 microseconds, and preferably in the time less than 50 microseconds.Pawl is shifted to a saw blade.Stainless steel is a good material of making fusible member, and this is because it has high impedance, the corrosion resistance that high strength is become reconciled.

Emission system 76 also can be used to trigger other action except that fusing one fusible member.For example, emission system 76 can be launched a little blast and filled out medicine with mobile pawl.Figure 99 show one less relatively, medicine 660 is filled out in the blast of having a style of one's own.The form that medicine is detonator or explosive is filled out in this blast, can be used to drive pawl and rely on saw blade.The example that medicine is filled out in obtainable suitable blast is one from Stresau, Laboratory, Inc; Of Spooner, the M-100 explosive of Wisconsin.This has a style of one's own fills out medicine or detonator and prolongs the pawl travel direction and concentrate detonation power.One triggers line 662 goes out from filling out efficacy-enhancing ingredient, and it can join to trigger blast with emission system 76.

Blast is filled out medicine 660 and is inserted between pawl and the close static square 664 of filling out medicine to be used to mobile pawl 60.When filling out the medicine explosion time, pawl is pushed open from square.One compression spring is placed between square and the pawl to guarantee the filling out medicine explosion time, and pawl can not rebound from saw blade.Before blast, the frictional fit that pawl leans against on square and the pawl is separated with saw blade.Yet, fill out the active force that medicine blast produced and enough overcome frictional fit far away.Other method is that pawl can otherwise be separated with saw blade.Similarly be an easily broken member, gravity, the spring between pawl and mode etc.

Emission system 76 also can trigger a DC electromagnetic valve.This magnetic valve can be overdrived by rapid traverse that a surge current produced, and Compressed Gas that pressure is provided or vapour jar are replacing spring or to fill out medicine, or an electromagnet discharges to saw blade to push pawl open maybe will load onto spring pawl from saw blade.

Emission and delivery system and method can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are to be used for illustrative, rather than limit this announcement or statement by any way.Following explanation can be changed and be revised, and must not depart from the scope of this announcement.

6.1 a machinery discharges and comprises:

One comprise be electrically connected to a current source comprise first, and the electrode system of second electrode;

The fusible member that electrode is electrically connected mutually;

An electric gate system that is placed between at least one electrode and the current source flows at least one electrode from current source optionally to control electric current.At this, between fusible member sustaining electrode at least 10, the tensile load of 000psi.

6.1.1 the machinery of paragraph 6.1 discharges, at this, fusible member has at least 100, the tension intensity of 000psi.

6.1.2 the machinery of paragraph 6.1 discharges, at this, a kind of material of selecting in one group of material that fusible member is made up of stainless steel and nickel is made.

6.1.3 the machinery of paragraph 6.1 discharges, at this, fusible member has the spring flexibility.

6.2 carpenter's machine comprises:

A brake that is used to stop cutting element;

One is suitable for pushing brake the bias system of normal danger to from holding fix,

And, the delivery system that can optionally brake be remained on holding fix that is used to resist the bias voltage of bias mechanism.

6.2.1 the machine of paragraph 6.2, at this, relieving mechanism is a special purpose device.

6.2.2 the machine of paragraph 6.2.1, at this, relieving mechanism comprises a fusible member.

6.2.1.1 the machine of paragraph 6.2.1.1, at this, relieving mechanism comprises the fusible member that is connected to first on the current source and second electrode and electrode is electrically connected mutually.

6.2.2 the machine of paragraph 6.2, at this, relieving mechanism comprises an electromagnet.

6.3 carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting element;

Brake has adapted in order to stop cutting tool, and at this moment, brake has the position of free and the position of brake;

A brake that is used to brake cutting element, at this, brake has a holding fix and a normal danger;

And one is used for brake is moved on to the start-up system of application position from holding fix, and at this, the part of start-up system must be replaced after moving on to this position of stopping from holding fix will braking at least.

6.3.1 the machine of paragraph 6.3, at this, start-up system comprises a destructor.

6.3.2 the machine of paragraph 6.3, at this, start-up system comprises a fusible member.This fusible member is melted to allow brake to move on to normal danger from holding fix.

6.3.3 the machine of paragraph 6.3, at this, the brake and at least the part of start-up system be contained in the replaceable cartridge. Chapters and sections 7: replaceable detent box

As top illustrated and depicted in figure 2, the part of security system 18 can be installed in the replaceable cartridge 80.Figure 100--109 show the various device for carrying out said of cartridge 80.They have various element, sub-element and possible variation.Should understand that cartridge can comprise one or more this elements, sub-element and variation, and need not consider these elements, whether sub-element and variation are presented in identical or different diagram and the explanation.Be included in and be described in the superincumbent chapters and sections 4 of the example of interior suitable braking and bias mechanism 28 and 30 and 5 with the suitable pawl 60 that the cartridge that is illustrated is here used.

Cartridge 80 should comprise or carry out communication with the operation part of relieving mechanism 34.Relieving mechanism 34 is used for allowing limiting mechanism 32 discharge pawl 60 to mesh with machine saw blade or other cutting element.For example, in Fig. 2, can see to draw that support 72 has electric communication with emission subsystem 76.After starting detection subsystem 22, similarly be after detecting danger or triggering situation, emission subsystem 76 starts relieving mechanisms 32, similarly is to utilize the surge current that is stored in the subsystem 76 to melting fusible member 70.The example of the suitable limiting mechanism 32 of use in cartridge 80 and emission subsystem 76 had explanation in the chapters and sections 6 in the above.

The communication that emission subsystem and support are 72 can rely on any suitable electrical communication and set up.Preferably, the electrical communication of 76 of support 72 and subsystems is set up when cartridge 80 is packed machine 10 into automatically.For example, casing 82 can comprise some contact points.When these contact points are pacified into its installation site in machine in cartridge, mesh with the corresponding contact point that is associated with the emission subsystem.Other method is that a plug and socket assembly can be used to electrically connect at support 72 and 76 foundation of emission subsystem.

Cartridge 80 is removably mounted in the machine 10, and arrestment mechanism 28 and particularly pawl 60 are positioned in the saw blade of machine or other is cut near the instrument like this.Cartridge 80 can comprise that a brake navigation system or be used for optionally adjusts pawl and/or cartridge other suitable mechanism with respect to saw blade 40 positions.For example, cartridge can be with similarly being to reverse or the mode of the cartridge of sliding is adjusted with respect to one or more set bolts with respect to the position of saw blade or other cutting element.In this case, if desired, pawl can be determined to the spacing of cartridge by measuring saw blade indirectly to the spacing of saw blade.Other method is that cartridge can be static and pawl can be in cartridge to be adjusted.As further alternative, cartridge and pawl all can be adjusted.Similarly, the position of mounting bracket can be adjusted with respect to saw blade.The example of suitable brake navigation system will be given explanation in following chapters and sections 8.

Shown in Figure 100, machine 10 comprises a supporting construction 702 that is used to receive cartridge 80 and cartridge operation part in security system 18.Supporting construction 702 can be installed in or become any suitable structure of machine 10 to extend voluntarily.When saw blade 40 when being adjustable, perhaps preferably allow cartridge 80 and/or supporting construction 702 move with saw blade, like this need pawl 60 and the location of saw blade 40 just maintained.Other method is that cartridge can comprise that a sizeable pawl 60 need not be to cartridge and/or the corresponding adjustment of mounting structure do with the adjustment that adapts to the saw blade position.

The proper supporting example of structure comprises one or more supports 704.Cartridge similarly is a bolt by any suitable fixed form relaxed, and pin or screw are attached on the support 704.Supporting construction 702 can be extraly, or comprise that alternately one or more cartridges are mounted the axle 706 on it.For example, the pawl shown in Figure 100 60 is fixed on the axle 706 with reversing.Axle 706 passes pawl 60 and passes the part of cartridge 80 at least.In Figure 100, also can see, support and locate the mounting bracket 704 of cartridges 80 with respect to saw blade 40.Another example of a proper supporting structure is a socket or other receiver in machine 10.Usually, cartridge 80 will be supported on suitable direction and/or the position to keep due installation site of cartridge and direction.Cartridge 80 and supporting construction 702 preferably include main structure 703.Main structure 703 prevents that cartridge is installed in the machine 10 on the unsuitable installation site.Figure 100 shows an example of a suitable main structure.Among the figure, the shell of cartridge 82 comprises a hypotenuse 705 that coincide with mounting bracket 704.Should be understood that main structure 703 can comprise any suitable mechanism, but this comprises the relative size of box 80 and supporting construction 702, shape and position.This mechanism prevents that cartridge is installed on the position that should not be mounted.

Figure 101 shows another cartridge.Be similar to the cartridge shown in Fig. 2 and 100, cartridge 80 comprises that a shell 82, comprises that 28, one of the arrestment mechanisms of pawl 60 similarly are the bias mechanism 30 of spring 66, and one similarly is the limiting mechanism 32 of fusible member 70.Another example that has also shown a suitable structure 703 among the figure, just, the mounting bracket 704 of erose shell 82 and support shell.

As shown in the figure, pawl 60 comprises an aperture or aperture 708.One or pin 706 can pass this aperture and extend in machine 10 and remove to support pawl and cartridge.Also shown the aperture 710 on the one or more sidewalls of cartridge among the figure.Axle 706 extends through this aperture.Other method is that cartridge 80 can be supported by a supporting construction 702 that does not directly support pawl 60.For example, pawl 60 can reverse around an axle that forms cartridge 80 parts.Cartridge 80 similarly is a pin then by supporting construction 702, and bracing frame or similar structure support.Yet, perhaps preferably support pawl 60 to increase the support active force except that the holding power that cartridge 80 provides by at least one supporting construction 702.Similarly, this has just reduced the intensity of 80 palpuses of cartridge, and this is because pawl and machine saw blade or other cutting element have absorbed the supported structure 702 of most of active force that pawl produced when meshing.

In the time of in cartridge is not loaded into machine, pawl 60 should be limited on its installation site in cartridge 80.Figure 102 shows the example of a connecting rod suitable between pawl and cartridge 714.In the drawings, want big by aperture 710 arms of cartridge 80 by the respective aperture 708 of pawl 60.Pawl 60 comprises an outward extending lining, or support 716.This support 716 extends out to locate pawl with respect to cartridge from the cartridge sidewall at least in part.Should understand, this design can be reversed, and pawl 60 has than cartridge 80 big aperture and cartridges and has a lining that extends internally or a support.This support is at least in part by the aperture on the pawl 60.

Figure 102 has also shown the perforate 718 of cartridge in detail.When limiting mechanism 32 discharged, at least a portion pawl stretched out from this perforate.Though Figure 102 shows pawl 60 and fully in casing 82, should understand, when pawl is holded up at it, or on the confined position time, the part of pawl can be stretched out from casing 82 at least.Perforate 718 can comprise a lid 720.Lid 720 is sealed perforate thereby prevented similarly is dust, and particle, moisture content, greasy and similar pollutant enter cartridge and interfere operation there possibly.Though Figure 102 has only shown The part of son 720 should be understood that lid preferably covers perforate 718 fully.Lid 720 can be made preventing that pollutant from entering cartridge by perforate 718 by any suitable material, and does not hinder the operation of arrestment mechanism 28 simultaneously.The suitable material that is used to do lid 720 comprises adhesive tape, Bao Gang, paper or plastic sheeting.When lid 720 was used to cover perforate 718 fully, whole cartridge preferably but not necessarily be closed with isolated pollutant.Lid 720 can be installed on the cartridge by any suitable structure, similarly is to utilize glue 722.In the cartridge device of can't help that limiting mechanism 32 prevents that pawl from reversing or moving, lid 720 also can play pawl--and limiting mechanism was stretched by perforate 718 before limiting mechanism discharges bias mechanism 30 to prevent pawl.

Get back to Figure 101 momently, can see that bias mechanism 30 comprises spring 66.Spring 66 is compressed in the spring of pawl--between the support 726 of the part of reception position 724 and formation cartridge 80.As shown in the figure, support 726 stretches out from the cartridge shell.Certainly any suitable support all can be used.This comprises the end wall 728 of cartridge, a support that stretches out from end wall and a support that stretches out from least one sidewall 712 of cartridge.

In the embodiment of the pawl shown in Figure 101 60, pawl comprises a saw blade--730 and positions, top 732 that link to each other with 736 with connecting rod 734 of engagement expression.Connecting rod 734 is connected to casing 82 with reversing, and connects the head portion 732 of pawl 60 and the connecting rod 736 of connecting rod 734 in inside.As shown in the figure, that hold up at it and confined locational when pawl 60, two connecting rods all are in compressive state.Should understand, can use the connecting rod of any suitable quantity and style certainly.Other method is, limiting mechanism 32 can be directly fixing pawl, as shown in Fig. 2 and 100, as a further alternative, limiting mechanism 32 can limit one between spring 66 and pawl 60 and bias mechanism 32 an effects support thereon.Thereby before limiting mechanism 32 discharged, pawl was freed from the bias voltage of spring 66 fully or relatively.

At least a portion that a support 72 and a connecting rod are touched in fusible member 70 solderless wrapped connections stretches to prevent that pawl 60 from reversing under the active force of bias mechanism 32.As shown in the figure, the top of fusible member 70 links to each other with connecting rod.When limiting mechanism 32 discharges, just as if the same when an enough big electric current flows through fusible member 70 by contact bar 72, on the position shown in fusible member no longer is fixed on connecting rod and pawl, and pawl is torqued into its saw blade shown in Figure 103--on the position of engagement.

Image pattern 104 is illustrated such, and emission subsystem 76 alternatively is placed in the cartridge 80.Place an advantage in the cartridge 80 to be emission subsystem 76, the emission subsystem can be replaced with the cartridge other parts.It also makes the device 742 that is used to discharge electric capacity or other stored current of fusible member 70 or produce electric current be positioned near the contact support 72.Linked to each other with contact bar with regard to an available direct connecting rod rather than by cable like this.Figure 104 also shows the stopper 746 that a port 748 from casing 82 stretches out.Stopper 746 is used to be electrically connected another suitable part of reflection subsystem 76 and controller 50 or control subsystem 26.Other method is that shown contact point stretches out or form the part of casing 82 from casing 82.

Figure 105 shows another example of cartridge.As shown in the figure, cartridge 80 comprises the emission subsystem 76 of relieving mechanism 34.Figure 105 has also shown another version of connecting rod 734 and 736.At this connecting rod 734 is to stretch rather than compressive state.Connecting rod during link assembly shown in Figure 101 and 105 all can be considered to.Figure 105 shows that fusible member 70 has a regular length that is limited by top 752.This top 752 is used to connect respectively contact bar 72 and connecting rod 734 and 736.An advantage of the fusible member of one regular length is that it provides the simple cartridge assembling with consistent pawl position.

Be not likely in Figure 101, support 726 is supporting the end of spring away from pawl 60.In Figure 105, cartridge 80 comprises a removable support 754.Support 754 can optionally be removed to discharge or at least substantially to reduce the bias effect power that 66 pairs of pawls 60 of spring apply from cartridge 80.For example, support 754 can be removed to remove acting force of the spring so that easily remove or change cartridge after starting arrestment mechanism 28.An example of suitable support 754 is clips 756 that stretch out from least one sidewall 712 of cartridge.Clip 756 can be supported between two sidewalls of cartridge.Other method is that cartridge 80 can comprise an inner support 758 that is used for prop clip 756 ends 760.This is shown as Figure 106, and in the drawings, pawl is in saw blade--the position of engagement.Preferably clip 756 or other support 754 can be removed and need not at first cartridge be shifted out machine 10 from cartridge.For example, clip 756 can comprise parts 762.Image pattern 107 is shown, and parts 762 are stretched over the outside of cartridge 80 and can be caught to regain clip from cartridge by an instrument.But the benefit of Figure 106 shown device is to draw clip 756 retracting springs 66.Spring 66 is then broken fusible member 70.The controller of security system can be designed to survey fractureing of fusible member, and the system failure is made corresponding reaction.

Figure 104--06 shows that emission subsystem 76 is installed in the cartridge 80.Should be understood that other element of security system electronic equipment also can be placed in the cartridge 80.For example, cartridge can comprise that a sensory package is to determine whether cartridge suitably is contained in the machine 10.Before security system was received the signal suitably installed of expression cartridge, machine was prevented from operation.

The major part of safety arrestment 30 is placed in the cartridge, allows manufacturer's exploitation to have the electronic equipment that improves performance, and extra function etc., if there is change also need not do significant the change to machine.As a further alternative method, security system 18 can comprise the cartridge of a plural number, and this comprises that it similarly is the cartridge of an emission subsystem 76 and/or other electronic unit of security system that cartridge that at least one holds pawl 60 and at least one are held.Figure 108 shows the example of such cartridge assembly.As shown in the figure, a pair of cartridge 80 by 80 ' and 80 " expressions.Cartridge 80 ' " also can be described to become to be combined to form the subcard box or the module of cartridge 80 with 80.One of cartridge 80 ' comprise similarly is the electronic unit 764 of emission subsystem 76 or control subsystem 26, and one links to each other with cable 770 and to be designed to operationally mesh the electric connection 766 of stopper 768.Cable comprises the conductor that electric power is provided to electronic unit.Cable also can conduct output signal from electronic unit, similarly is the shutoff signal that is used for stopping motor sub-assembly 16, or delivers to the signal of control subsystem 26.These all depend on cartridge 80 ' interior specific electronic equipment set.Though shown stopper 768 and cable 770 can move freely, it will be appreciated that stopper 768 can be fixedly secured on the supporting plane that cartridge 80 is fixed.Further, stopper 768 can be located firmly to guarantee that when the engagement of plug and stopper, cartridge is suitably calibrated and be directed.On the other hand, cartridge 80 " comprises pawl 60 and bias voltage and limiting mechanism.These mechanisms be expressed as with being gathered module 772 also can form one with expression bias voltage and limiting mechanism can be by cartridge of optionally removing or changing or module.Preferably, the mutual communication of cartridge similarly is the signal release limiting mechanism of response from electronic unit 764.

Selectively, cartridge 80 ", or the cartridge of any description can have different sizes and design to adapt to different saw blade sizes.For example, the version of a longer cartridge shown in Figure 109 can be used for a saw blade 40 than minor diameter.Further, to using the different application of dissimilar saw blades (for example, mortise, crosscut is peeled off, glued board etc.), can provide different cartridges.For example, first cartridge can be provided,, one second cartridge can be provided with second different pawl to second different saw blade with first kind pawl to first kind saw blade.Other method is that the electronic equipment of a cartridge can be different from the electronic equipment of other cartridge to allow different application (similarly being to cut plastics rather than timber).In addition, plural cartridge can be used simultaneously with the assurance safety arrestment each material is all made optimized reaction.

This brake cartridge and correlation machine and method can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are to be used for illustrative, rather than limit this announcement or statement by any way.Following explanation can be changed and be revised, and must not depart from the scope of this announcement.

7.1 carpenter's machine comprises:

A processing component;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the condition of the danger between people and the processing component;

The brake system of a braking processing component when detection system detects dangerous situation, at this, brake system is accommodated in the cartridge.

7.1.1 carpenter's machine of paragraph 7.1, at this, cartridge is designed to be replaced behind brake system braking processing component.

7.1.2 carpenter's machine of paragraph 7.1, at this, cartridge is held a brake pawl that is used to contact processing component, and one is used for the brake pawl is moved into the bias mechanism that meshes with processing component, and a relieving mechanism that is used to discharge bias mechanism.

7.1.2.1 carpenter's machine of paragraph 7.1.2, at this, bias mechanism comprises a spring.

7.1.2.2 carpenter's machine of paragraph 7.1.2, at this, bias mechanism comprises that a spring and an antagonism spring are to limit the mechanical linkage of brake pawl.

7.1.2.3 carpenter's machine of paragraph 7.1.2, at this, delivery system comprises a fusible member.

7.1.2.4 carpenter's machine of paragraph 7.1.2, at this, delivery system comprises a fusible member and a radiating circuit that is used to melt this fusible member.

7.1.2.5 carpenter's machine of paragraph 7.1.2, at this, cartridge is closed.

7.1.2.6 carpenter's machine of paragraph 7.1.2, at this, cartridge is made of plastics, and cartridge comprises the perforate that a brake pawl can pass through, and perforate is covered with by lining before it at the brake pawl.

7.1.3 carpenter's machine of paragraph 7.1 further comprises a working face that is close in processing component, at this, processing component is a saw blade, and saw blade is designed to respect to the working face lifting, and cartridge is installed into saw blade one lifting.

7.1.4 carpenter's machine of paragraph 7.1, at this, cartridge is fixed in the rotating shaft of machine.

7.2 a cartridge of woodwork machine, this cartridge comprises:

A shell:

A brake pawl in the shell;

Mechanism of travelling brake pawl. Chapters and sections 8: the location of brake

Can be placed on different positions with respect to saw blade as braking mechanism described above.For example, Figure 110 shows an example brake navigation system 800.Cartridge 80 and brake pawl 60 are installed on a macro-axis or the pin 802 with reversing usually.Before brake was released, cartridge and pawl were fixed together.When brake discharged, the brake pawl was pushed saw blade rapidly.The geometry of the motion of saw blade and pawl causes saw blade to be advanced to dearly in the pawl to produce the huge fast motion that subtracts then.Pin 802 should be enough big, common 0.75 inch, certainly hits and be not damaged to absorb deceleration.The major diameter pin also reduces the possibility of breaking brake pawl 60 in brake process into pieces.Cartridge reversing on pin installed and allowed to come the spacing of saw blade and brake pawl face by rotate cartridge around pin.This brake navigation system is used for setting up and keeps pawl face and saw blade 40 outer intermarginal suitable spacings.

In its simplest form, brake navigation system 800 comprises that a fixing pin 804 locatees cartridge 80, thus position brake pawl 60.This is arranged in all saw blades that are used has under the enough fixing situation of known dimensions and saw size and generally fills part.Pin 804 is arranged to be parallel to pin 802 and is slided to two pins simultaneously to allow cartridge 80.One flexibly the motion clip bite the edge of cartridge 80 to keep its position on pin.When cartridge was removed, clip was promoted from cartridge, and cartridge skids off from pin.One gap pin 808 preferably is contained on the radii fixus of cutter shaft, and for example 51/10 inch place of radius does not have the saw blade bigger than the saw blade that does not contact with pawl not to be put in the electric saw with assurance.This gap pin preferably be positioned at the part more nearest than pawl only a little bit smaller in the radial position in cutter footpath so that saw blade will with the first pin that contacts after pawl contact.Other method is that this pin can adopt camber line shape.This camber line should be enough greatly to guarantee that at least one saw blade sawtooth is engaged with.

Figure 111--113 show that can be adjusted a brake navigation system 800.Brake navigation system 800 comprises a plural positioning tooth 812 that is formed on after 80s of cartridge.The plural positioning tooth 814 of a correspondence is formed on cartridge and installs on the surface 816.This positioning tooth preferably has about 1/32 to 1/4 inch space width.The spacing of positioning tooth makes and can mesh positioning tooth and do relatively little adjustment by being chosen in there.The part that one curved wall 818 is prolonged leading edge in the cartridge forms.This curved wall is positioned and saws limit periphery engagement.This engagement occurs over just before positioning tooth is meshing with each other when cartridge slides on the pin 802.This guarantees that it is the distance that curved wall is stretched out forward from pawl at least that pawl will keep with saw blade--common 1/16 to 1/8 inch.In case the positioning tooth engagement, the turned position of cartridge just has been fixed.Cartridge is then to the remaining distance of pin slip.Folder 806 is limited in cartridge and installs on the surperficial and suitable position fast.One little protrusion 820 forms at the cartridge edge and extends to above the saw blade.This protrusion hinders saw blade and is removed, unless cartridge is partly removed and reared march from saw blade.This guarantees that saw blade can not be removed and is replaced by new saw blade and the position that need not reset cartridge to, protrusion.Can see to draw, on pin 802, reverse, become simply with respect to the position of saw blade adjustment brake pawl by making cartridge.

Owing to set up the importance of correct pawl, perhaps wish to comprise a detecting for spaces system to guarantee correct spacing to the saw blade spacing.Figure 114 has shown the example of such system 824.System 824 comprises an electrode that is positioned at the pawl surface near saw blade.As chapters and sections 1 in the above and 2 described, be fit in the contact detection system that this invention is used now at one, a signal of telecommunication is applied on the saw blade by a drive electrode.This signal can be picked up by electrode 826 and monitor with the amplitude of guaranteeing it in a predetermined scope.Particularly, the amplitude that electrode 826 detected will descend rapidly with the distance that arrives saw blade.Therefore, the amplitude that detects by supervision is with regard to the suitable spacing of susceptible of proof.This system preferably prevents when the spacing that detects exceeds normal range (NR) or makes the initial startup of machine invalid.The user is done suitable adjustment by signal then.

Figure 115 shows another substituting brake navigation system 800.Navigation system shown in Figure 115 is utilized one only towards the crossbeam 832 quick grippers 830 of cartridge.Gripper is installed on the stayed surface 816 of cartridge and is biased to push up on the cartridge.The end face of cartridge comprises a groove 834 that is used to hold crossbeam 832.In use, when cartridge when saw blade is gone back to, cartridge is slided to pin 802.In case cartridge is installed on the pin by safety, it is rotated forward is embedded into groove up to crossbeam and prolongs the axial quilt of pin and shake to prevent cartridge.In case cartridge is launched, the liftable protrusion 838 of user discharges crossbeam and allows cartridge to rotate.This reverse rotation can be used to discharge any residual compression that starts spring from cartridge.

Figure 116 shows another brake navigation system 800.In the system shown in Figure 116, cartridge 80 comprises that one is formed on the groove 850 on one side.One spring catch 852 be positioned with in cartridge 80 by when saw blade rotates and groove 850 engagements, the location of spring catch makes about 1/8 inch of pawl identity distance saw face edge.Certainly, also can use different spacings.The user can rotate cartridge forward and cross pin up to it by lifting spring catch, and the pin 802 that then cartridge slipped away is removed cartridge.As chapters and sections 7 in the above done more detailed thin detailed, when cartridge is launched, under the normal condition, pawl will be embedded into certain position on the saw blade and be setovered to saw blade by spring 66.One release pin 756 is movably with the rear portion of retracting spring and cancel bias voltage.This makes and can be more easily pawl Panasonic from the saw blade to be come and eliminates pressure on the saw blade.Otherwise this pressure can make and pull that to unload saw blade more difficult.

Figure 117 shows the navigation system 800 of further braking.In this device, pawl 60 and brake cartridge 80 are installed on the supporting component 860.This assembly 860 is that selectivity is movably to adjust the position of pawl and/or cartridge.It will be appreciated that supporting component 860 can be designed to various mode.In the example device shown in Figure 117, assembly 860 comprises a plural gear 862 with profile of tooth periphery.Each gear comprises one from its outwardly directed supporting pillar.Cartridge 80 is installed on the assembly 860, so that first supporting pillar passes through brake pawl 60 and cartridge, and second supporting pillar only passes through cartridge.Pawl is suitable for reversing around first supporting pillar, and first supporting pillar supports pawl and absorb the energy of saw blade in brake process.Second supporting pillar plays a part with respect to saw blade angle orientation pawl and prevents that cartridge is around each supporting pillar rotation.

When cartridge and pawl were installed on first and second supporting pillars, this pawl can correctly be located with respect to saw blade by swing pinion 862.Assembly 860 comprises that also a worm screw bolt 866 or other suitable mechanism come swing pinion.A handle or similar device can be fixed on the worm screw bolt and rotate with convenient.In this example device, worm screw bolt 866 is used in and meshes two gears simultaneously so that gear rotates simultaneously.As a result, cartridge 80 and brake pawl 60 keep an angle position with respect to saw blade when gear rotates, yet shown in Figure 117, the pawl of cartridge shifts to and move apart saw blade when the worm screw bolt rotates.This makes brake can both correctly be located for the saw blade of different sizes.Further, this device has been removed from for the requirement of the big small saw blade of difference with different big or small pawls and/or cartridge.

In another replacement device, gear 862 can be different sizes so that when the worm screw bolt rotates, rotate different angles.When pawl is moved toward and move apart saw blade, need change the place of pawl with respect to the saw blade angle position, this may be useful.

In the shown device of Figure 117, pawl reverse a little pawl when saw blade shifts near and away by translation, in a further replacement device, the position of pawl can be reversed pawl and is adjusted by reversing post around pawl simply.In such device, may wish to have a relatively long pawl to hold the very different saw blade of size.

This navigation system of braking, method and correlation machine can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are to be used for illustrative, rather than limit this announcement or statement by any way.Following explanation can be changed and be revised, and must not depart from the scope of this announcement.

8.1 carpenter's machine comprises:

A processing component;

A cartridge that comprises the brake pawl that is applicable to optionally engagement and braking brake;

And, one be suitable for receiving and adjustable ground position brake cartridge with respect to the brake navigation system of position of cutting tool.

8.1.1 carpenter's machine of paragraph 8.1, at this, the brake navigation system allows to be adjusted to hold the cutting element of different sizes.

8.1.2 carpenter's machine of paragraph 8.1, at this, the brake navigation system comprises a pivotal axis that cartridge is fixed thereon, and the brake cartridge is that the rotation cartridge that leans against on the pivotal axis is regulated with respect to the position of cutting element.

8.2 carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting element;

A motor that is suitable for driving cutting element;

Brake near the saved setting position of cutting element;

A sensing system that is suitable for responding to the interval between cutting element and brake;

Design with control motor operated and received from the representative of sensing system cutting element and braked between the control system of signal of spacing, at this, control system further is designed to optionally prevents the running of motor according to what receive from the signal of sensor.

8.2.1 carpenter's machine of paragraph 8.2, at this, sensing system comprises an electrode that is fixed on close cutting element on the brake pawl, and signal depends on the electrical connection of electrode and cutting element. Chapters and sections 9: logic control

More the detailed consideration logic controller 50, it will be appreciated that, this logic controller can be designed to depend on the particular type of machine 10 and/or practicality and finish various functions.For example roadbed controller 50 can be designed in the practical process of machine, when machine during by open and close, carries out the various self checks of checking fully to guarantee that surveying subsystem 22 is accidental triggerings that run well and prevent reaction system 24.In addition, this logic controller can be designed to control one or more devices to notify the state of user's machine 10 and security system 18.Further, logic controller can be realized in various mode.This comprises one or more usefulness and uses specific integrated circuit (ASICs), microprocessor, and microcontroller, Digital Logical Circuits, and/or analog circuit etc.

In an example device, logic controller 50 is designed to carry out the self check logical order shown in Figure 118.At first when system powers, this indicates at 901 places this exemplary sequence the user.Whether this flogic system is at first checked with the spacing of decision pawl and saw blade correct, and this indicates at 902 places.Saw blade can be measured by any suitable mechanism to the spacing of pawl, as being illustrated in greater detail below.If spacing has exceeded receptible restriction, system is reaction with a rub-out signal, and this is indicated by 903.This rub-out signal can be a sense of hearing and/or visual signal etc.In a device that will elaborate below, the control subsystem comprises that one is applicable to user's panel of display device state and any error condition of announcement.Preferably, this flogic system remains on error condition and prevents the further operation of machine, is detected to the pawl spacing up to correct saw blade.

If saw blade is acceptable to the spacing of pawl, whether the input signal that this flogic system decision detection subsystem 22 is produced on charging panel 44 is detected has enough amplitudes on charging panel 46, and this is by 904 signs.This step guarantee reaction subsystem will be can be when starting owing to survey subsystem ground connection saw blade, the mistake of the charging panel position of incorrect placement etc. and by false triggering.If correct input signal is not detected, logic controller 50 is response with rub-out signal 903.It will be appreciated that each error condition all may produce or identical or different rub-out signals.

If correct input signal is detected, whether logic controller further decides fusible member to exist, and this is represented by step 905.The existence of fusible member can be determined by any suitable manner, as what be described in more detail below.If there is not fusible member to exist, logic controller 50 returns a rub-out signal 903.If a fusible member is detected, logic controller is checked emission subsystem 76 stored charges then, and this is represented by 906.If this step guarantees that unsafe condition is detected, have enough electric charges and melt fusible member.The example circuit that is used to survey abundant electric charge will illustrate in greater detail below.If sufficient charge is not detected in a preset time, logic controller is response with rub-out signal 903.

In the order shown in Figure 118, after predetermined having checked, logic controller 50 allows motor sub-assemblies 16 to connect power.This sign is at 907 places.It will be appreciated that, in the time of no more than several seconds kinds, do not finish usually if there is mistake to be detected above-mentioned electricity order.Except initial power up, logic controller 50 can be designed to finish various inspections in operating process.For example, the rotation of saw blade can be monitored by known mechanism and emission system is being stopped when saw blade does not move.This contacts saw blade and need not mesh braking mechanism 28 with regard to allowing the user when saw blade stops.To be illustrated in the chapters and sections 10 below in the example device of various saw blade detection systems and the enforcement.

It will be appreciated that variable enforcement is led in a lot of changes of above-mentioned logical order.For example, some devices of logic controller 50 can comprise a battery, and a capacitor or other charge storage equipment also will at least temporarily work on after machine power is closed to guarantee to survey and react subsystem.As another example, the power that goes to motor sub-assembly can be closed when mistake takes place, and this mistake can not be similarly be incorrect saw blade to the charging panel spacing, mistake is surveyed in the contact of insufficient electric weight etc. on the charge accumulator.Like this, any of the various safety of the palpus to provide and/or operating function can be provided logic controller 50.

In addition, because reaction subsystem 24 is designed to stop cutting element 14 with user's Body contact the time, perhaps also wish to stop motor sub-assembly 16, or be to stop to be applicable to the motor part that drives cutting element at least, to prevent motor damage to motor when the cutting element that driving is obstructed.Yet,, normally sufficient to close motor several seconds kinds because machine 10 considers that owing to reasons such as interlocks cutting element may stop usually when design.This can be realized by the power that is cut to motor simply.For example, when machine 10 comprised a magnetic contact-making switch 48, logic controller can be used for interrupting keeping the circuit of magnetic switch closure so that interrupt going to the power of motor.Should be understood that this step is selectable, hereinto the power of off line device motor prevent when contacting the machine cutting element the user nonessential concerning user's grievous injury neither be sufficient.Therefore, the principal benefits of this step is to be to reduce the possibility to motor sub-assembly or drive system infringement when moving when brake system prevents cutting element rotation or other.It will be appreciated that to also have many other suitable ways that stop motor sub-assembly 12.As an example, the power that goes to motor sub-assembly can directly be controlled (just by solid-state on/off switch etc.) by safety arrestment 30.In the superincumbent chapters and sections 1 of this device detailed explanation was arranged.Also can allow existing overload circuit take over and close the motor that is obstructed simply.

Because some electrical characteristics that subsystem relies on the person are surveyed in above-mentioned contact, at some material of cutting, similarly be film cover insulator the time system 18 safe in utilization can cause the detection circuit mistake to survey and the contacting of user.In addition, as described at above-mentioned chapters and sections 1, non-evergreen timber is owing to there is high relatively dielectric constant may cause the false triggering of the detection of some kind with system.Therefore, hope can provide the manual bypass of state or override control moves in a specific cutting operation to stop brake.A suitable override control can comprise a mechanical switch between fusible member 70 and emission system 76.Other method is that this a switch single uses switch.It is designed to, and the oneself resets after each the use.As a further alternative method, security system 18 can comprise the sensor of close work with the detection film, the existence of green wood etc., and stop to react subsystem automatically.This alternative method makes the user avoid forgetting to stop and restarting brake system.

Under any circumstance, this override control can be depending on and uses and the safeguard protection level of institute's palpus and be designed to various modes.For example, do not open machine and just suspend (just closing) if this override control can be designed to user's (for example 3,5 or 10 seconds etc.) in a scheduled time.This just prevents the user and starts override control and confused before the cut workpiece and forget that security system has been stopped in beginning subsequently.In some devices, wish to allow user's override by the mistake that self check caused of failure (for example, do not have fusible member, insufficient stored charge is lost or the installation of incorrect cartridge 80 etc.).In other device, logic controller 50 can be designed to require before the permission user carries out override detection and reaction system to move.

Usually, override control is designed to reduce the possibility of user's error starting.For example, the override control switch can be positioned at away from other console switch and away from the zone that easy accident knocks when using machine of user on the machine 10.In addition or in addition, override control switch 48 can comprise a lid that the user must remove or overcome before starting switch or similar obstacle.Those people that are proficient in this technology know such switch that is covered.Consider as another extra safety, logic controller 50 can be designed to produce the alarm or the warning of a vision and/or the sense of hearing when override is activated.Further, be used to control the place that power is provided to motor sub-assembly 16 at logic controller 50, this logic controller can be designed to prepare to begin to have started under the situation that security system is closed with warning user saw blade with " pulse " impact motor one or many.This will warn the user of error starting override control when contacting with saw blade to remove from saw blade rapidly.

In the superincumbent consideration, alternative logic controller 50 devices can be designed to carry out the snooping logic shown in self check and Figure 119 A--C.Main logical order,, begins when machine 10 links to each other with power supply 20 for the first time usually by 910 expressions at Figure 119 A, and this is by 912 expressions.The integrity checking of system can comprise one or more various inspections.These check particular type and the design of depending on machine 10 usually.In this example device, system integrity inspection 912 comprises by the anti-test of carrying out to power supply 20 (being the line power supply of standard here) adequacy of any suitable manner.Those people that are proficient in present technique know these modes.The system integrity inspection also can comprise and drives detectable signal to charging panel 44 and attempt to survey this signal on charging panel 46.Fail on charging panel 46, to survey this detectable signal and can indicate that several problems similarly are to survey the electronic failure of subsystem 22, the mistake charging panel location or ground connection, ground connection saw blade etc.Exemplary systems integrity checking 912 also comprise a pawl to the inspection of saw blade spacing to guarantee pawl 60 and by rights be positioned near the saw blade 40 in case pawl will be engageable when being released with stop saw blade.Survey correct saw blade and more detailed description is arranged below to the example mechanism of pawl spacing.If check that in system integrity any inspection of carrying out is negative in 912 processes, logic controller is closed motor sub-assembly (if being in opening state), shows as 913, and exports a rub-out signal to the user, shown in 914.In case the user corrects a mistake and reseting logic controller (for example, by disconnecting the power supply that recloses machine 10 then), this system integrity inspection will be repeated

If the system integrity inspection is successful, logic controller 50 continue to check fusible member 70 forward and in emission subsystem 76 charge stored, this is by 915 expressions.If fusible member or stored charge are negative than checking, this logic controller is closed motor sub-assembly, and this represents at 913 places, exports a rub-out signal then, by 914 expressions.May wish repeating step 915 one or many, perhaps provide a delay between step 912 and 915 to guarantee that launching subsystem 76 has sufficient time to set up electric charge.

If the inspection of fusible member and emission subsystem all is successful, this logic controller continues one of two operation cycle.This depends on that user one can operate the override switch and whether be activated, resembles 916 indicated.It will be appreciated that, after having carried out fusible member/charge storage inspection, check that user's enable override signal can prevent user's override security system 18, unless security system is work.Like this, for example, if generation is surveyed in a contact and brake has been triggered, the user can not continue operating system up to fusible member, and/or pawl; And/or emission subsystem etc. is replaced (usually by replacing cartridge 80).Other method is that step 915 can be rejected from the main operation circulation.This will allow machine 10 to be operated and need not consider whether security system 18 is fully powerful by carrying out override.

Under any circumstance, if override has been activated, logic controller 50 continues operation in override circulation forward, and this is by 917 expressions and more detailed diagram is arranged in Figure 119 B.Usually, logic controller 50 is at first exported a caution signal, shown in 918 and have in the above illustrated, next, in step 919, the state of logic controller inspection " startup " switch 48, this switch person of being to use is exercisable to open motor sub-assembly 16.As mentioned above, in a scheduled period, be activated " startup " switch and just be read as " unlatching " state if logic controller only can be designed to after override is activated this switch.If " startup " switch is " cutting out " state, logic controller 50 is closed motor sub-assembly (if in opening), shown in 920, and withdraws from the override circulation of institute shown in 921.Shown in Figure 119 A, this logic controller is in the last retrieval system completeness check of override circulation.Like this, this logic controller will be proceeded system's completeness check and fusible member/stored charge test and be activated up to " startup " switch.If this just guarantees that a user starts override then during delay start " startups " switch, if override be activated and " startup " switch between being activated during this period of time in fault generation is arranged, this system will can not connect motor sub-assembly.

If in step 919, " startup " switch is in on-state, and logic controller continues forward to connect motor sub-assembly 16, shown in 922.This motor sub-assembly keeps on-state to be started by the user up to " stopping " switch 48, and this is by 923 expressions.Be activated in case " stop " switch, logic controller 50 is closed motor sub-assembly, and this is with regard to shown in 920.And withdraw from override circulation at 921 places.As mentioned above, this logic controller returns step 912 after withdrawing from the override circulation.

If override is not proceeded to by user's enable logic controller 50 and surveys circulation 925 in step 916, Figure 119 C has detailed diagram.In this example device, survey circulation 925 and be depicted as the logical path of carrying out simultaneously by two.In first path 926, logic controller monitor to be surveyed subsystem 22, and simultaneously in second path, logic controller continues to reexamine the stored charge of fusible member and emission subsystem 76.The operation of this double track guarantees in the saw blade operation and fault stops machine 10 when taking place.Those it will be appreciated that to the personage that present technique is proficient in the operation of this pair silicon can be implemented in various different ways, and this comprises that use is interrupted.Other method is that two paths can be embodied in the single sequence cycles.Yet, spend the time in several milliseconds even several seconds owing in some device, check stored charge, in those devices, usually hope carry out two paths simultaneously must several milliseconds or longer time between measuring so that survey in continuous contact.

Path 927 comprises emission subsystem 76 stored charges of testing fusible member 70, and this is by 928 expressions.This test is repeated until fusible component testing or stored charge test crash constantly.At this moment logic controller 50 is closed motor sub-assembly, and this is by 929 expressions, and exports a rub-out signal, and this is by 930 expressions.This logic controller also withdraws from it and surveys circulation or test 928 when a mistake stops to carry out when 926 places take place in the path, and this describes below to some extent.The test of fusible member 70 and emission subsystem 76 may be identical or different with the test in the major cycle at step 915 place.Under any circumstance, logic controller must be to above-mentioned resetting from step 930 like that.

Path 926 is contact detective paths and comprises the undue impedance load of testing on the saw blade that this is by 931 expressions.If step 931 guarantee power will not be provided to capacitive load on the motor sub-assembly saw blade too high can't detect contacting between user and saw blade so that survey subsystem.These can be owing to various former thereby generations.For example, if saw blade is that the capacitive load on the saw blade will increase at the material (similarly being green wood) of cutting high-k.This problem had detailed explanation in above-mentioned chapters and sections 1.

As another example, the user is accidental activation " startup " switch when contacting with saw blade perhaps.Because some examples are surveyed the unexpected variation that subsystems rely on the signal on the charging panel 46 (neither absolute voltage), step 931 guarantees that security system will can not allow saw blade to begin rotation, if switch is activated and the user is just contacting saw blade when " startup ".In this device, it approximately is because the user contacts the level of the load capacity that is caused with saw blade at least that logic controller is designed to undue capacitive load is set in.Yet, it will be appreciated that it is undue that logic controller 50 can be designed to discern any desirable capacitive load amount.

If the capacitive load on the saw blade is too high, logic controller 50 is exported a rub-out signal at 932 places, and closes motor sub-assembly 16 (if in on-state), and this is represented by step 933.This logic controller withdraws from the detection circulation at 934 places then, and returns the system integrity in the main operation circulation shown in Figure 119 A and check 912.It will be appreciated that security system 18 at it the thing in a few second of saw blade stall will can be activated in the time.This is can not survey exactly because capacitive load is too high and the contacting of user, and takes place also to trigger probably even without contact.In alternative device,, this logic controller just starts emission system in the saw blade rotary course if can continuing to monitor the detection of contact and contact be detected.Other method is to become too high if this logic controller can be designed to start the emission system load.

If in step 931, the capacitive load on the saw blade is in institute's restricted portion, and logic controller continues to test the contact detectable signal from surveying subsystem 22 forward, and this is by shown in 935.If contact is detected, this logic controller judges whether saw blade is rotating, and this is by shown in 936.If saw blade is in rotation, this logic controller starts the emission subsystem at 937 places, close motor sub-assembly 16 at 929 places, and import a rub-out signal at 930 places.This logic controller must be resetted as described above then again.

Yet if saw blade is not rotating at step 936 place, this logic controller is exported a rub-out signal at step 932 place, closes motor sub-assembly (if words of connecting) at 933 places, and withdraws from the detection circulation at 934 places.Like this, if a user touches saw blade when saw blade rotates, security system will be surveyed contact but can not start the emission subsystem.This need not start brake with regard to allowing user's replacing or adjustment saw blade.Yet breaking before the user will or change saw blade in adjustment usually goes to the power of machine 10.In this case, security system 18 or motor sub-assembly 16 all can not be operated.

If do not detect contact in step 935, logic controller 50 is checked the state of " startup " switch 48, and this is by shown in 938.Be activated if " stop " switch, this logic controller is closed motor sub-assembly (if words of connecting), and this is by shown in 939, and the rotation situation of inspection saw blade, and this is by shown in 940.If saw blade is rotating, this logic controller is got back to step 931 and is just remained on starting state so that contact is surveyed when saw blade is rotated further.Like this, if the user starts " stopping " switch and then contacted saw blade before the saw blade stall, security system 18 will be reacted to stop saw blade.In case saw blade stops operating, this logic controller withdraws from surveys circulation, and this is by shown in 934.

If " stopping " beginning at step 938 place is not activated.This logic controller is checked the state of " startup " switch 48, and this is by shown in 941.If " startup " switch is activated, this logic controller is connected motor sub-assembly (if being in closed condition), and gets back to contact and survey, and this is by shown in 942.If " startup " switch is not activated, this logic controller is closed motor sub-assembly (if being in opening state), and this is by shown in 939, and checks the rotation of saw blade at 940 places.This logic controller continues to carry out to survey to circulate and stops up to saw blade, and logic controller withdraws from this point and surveys circulation, and this is by shown in 934.Like this, this logic controller is designed to as long as saw blade also also is not activated override in rotation and user, and it just continues the supervision contact and surveys.

Those are proficient in the personage to present technique and are understood that control subsystem 26 can be implemented with different designs by a lot of different elements with logic controller 50.Therefore, when describing two following example device, should be understood that other suitable embodiment also can be by practicality.

Figure 120 shows first example device.Logic controller 50 adopts the form of PIC16C63A--20/so controller, and it can be by Chandler, the Micorchip Technology of Arizona, and Inc. company obtains.This logic controller and power supply 20, subsystem 22 is surveyed in contact, and user person's surface plate 178 links to each other.This Users panel can comprise that any being used for shows signal and allow the suitable mechanism of user to the logic controller input signal to the user.The example of the suitable user plane mechanism known to the personage that present technique is proficient in comprises lights, display screen, buzzer, alarm, switch, button, handle etc. so.In an example device shown in Figure 121, Users panel 178 comprises startup, stops with the override switch and with permission user input of control commands, and comprises the luminous two machine pipes of a pair of indication mechanism state.These luminous two machine pipes are can be various multi-form to come the indication mechanism state, similarly is by color, flicker etc.

This logic controller also links to each other with emission subsystem 76, and links to each other with motor Control Component 16 by a suitable motor control circuit 174.This kind circuit had detailed description in above-mentioned chapters and sections 1.When logic controller received from the expression user who surveys subsystem 22 with signal that contacting of saw blade taken place, this logic controller starts to be launched subsystem 76 and also stops motor sub-assembly 16.This operation and testing sequence are to be instructed by institute's saved software to implement, and are carried out by logic controller.It will be appreciated that software instruction can adopt various form.

The example device of the logic controller shown in Figure 120 is designed to before the power of starter control 174 and so long as saw blade carries out various self checks in rotation.For example, logic controller is designed to assess the line voltage that is provided by power supply 20, and drops to a minimum of the security system that can turn round fully at voltage and close motor when following.The sensing contact signal that this logic controller also is used to test from surveying subsystem is properly oriented to guarantee charging panel, detectable signal is by the saw blade that suitably was coupled, and the capacitive load on the saw blade is within restricted portion, further, this logic controller also can be connected on the saw blade rotation sensing element 177.Surveying the example of the suitable mechanism of saw blade rotation will describe in following chapters and sections 10.

In addition, logic controller 50 also can be used to survey the emission subsystem 76 whether have the stored charge that enough is used for melting fusible member 70.It will be appreciated that abundant stored charge can be realized by various distinct methods on the detection emission subsystem.These methods depend on the design of emission system.Among described here each embodiment, emission subsystem 76 comprises a single 390uF emission electric capacity 620.This electric capacity is designed to discharge by fusible member 70 by the suitable controllable silicon SCR 621 of a ground connection.The example of emission subsystem 76 explains in the chapters and sections 6 going forward.

In Figure 120 device shown, this emission electric capacity is by a jump boost-voltage regulator 175 chargings and test.This jump boost-voltage regulator shows more in detail in Figure 122.Jump boost-voltage regulator 175 comprises that a jump boost charge device 183 that one 32 volts of power supply inputs is risen to 180 volts is to charge to emission electric capacity.Logic controller 50 provides the input of a 125KHz to boost the cycle with the jump of control charger.Voltage on one mu balanced circuit, the 184 monitors transmitted electric capacity and by necessary switch charger 183 to keep charger near 180 volts.Mu balanced circuit 184 is made into the hysteresis with a scheduled volume so that charger will be open-minded when radiating circuit voltage drops to below 175 volts, and when voltage reaches 180 volts the charge closing device, this is to set by divider input with to the feedback of comparator 185.

The output of comparator 185 is sent to logic controller 50.This logic controller monitors that by the output state of comparator 185 charging institute must time and emission capacitance discharges time.Like this, controller can confirm that this emission electric capacity is just when operating and store suitable electric charge.If emission electric capacity can not enough promptly reach 180 volts or discharge promptly, this logic controller determines that emission electric capacity or charging system have been out of order, and makes suitable action based on its program.

It should be noted that mu balanced circuit 184 strides across the voltage of emission electric capacity by fusible member 70 measurements.As a result, mu balanced circuit has also just been tested the integrality of fusible member.This is because a fusible member of losing or losing efficacy will stop mu balanced circuit to detect the voltage of launching on the electric capacity.Though utilize a single mechanism or test to check that the electric charge of emission electric capacity and fusible member obviously provide handling the saving of cycle time and element expense, fusible member also can be additionally tested in the emission capacitance voltage separately.

Figure 123 has briefly illustrated second example device of logic controller 50.The 87C752 controller that logic controller 50 is obtained by the Philips Semiconductor from Sunnyvale.Califomia is made.As first above-mentioned example device, the logic controller of second device and power supply 20, subsystem 22 is surveyed in contact, emission subsystem 76, Users panel 178, motor control 174 and saw blade turn-sensitive device 177 link to each other.Suitable power supply 20, subsystem 22 is surveyed in contact, and the example of motor control 174 was described in the chapters and sections 6 in the above.Be used for responding to the example circuit of saw blade rotation and mechanism below chapters and sections 10 illustrated.

Shown in Figure 124, the emission capacitor charging circuit of second device is to come voltage stabilizing by the startup line from logic controller 50.By stopping charging circuit, this logic controller can monitor capacitance voltage by an output that goes to the analog-digital converter (A/D) above it.When electric capacity is not recharged, it will discharge with a known relatively speed by various paths to ground wire usually.By monitoring this discharge rate, this controller can guarantee that the electric weight of electric capacity is enough to melt fusible member.Selectively, this logic controller can be designed to measure voltage on the emission electric capacity to assess the integrality of electric capacity in a plural number discharge at interval.In a device, logic controller is measured capacitance voltage with the interval of three qualifications in discharge cycle.These three intervals should be corresponding to 3%, 5% and 7% complete charging voltage.This logic controller can be designed to be interpreted as a low-voltage malfunctioning in any discharge at interval.

When with above-mentioned first example device together the time, this logic controller is designed to test emission electric capacity by fusible member 70, thereby has also tested fusible member simultaneously.Other method or in addition, this logic controller can be by monitoring capacitance voltage in charging process, be independent of electric capacity and test fusible member.

Mention as top, logic controller 50 also can be designed to monitor the spacing of pawl to saw blade.This is known by the people in this area, and a lot of cutting elements similarly are saw blade, do not have accurately consistent size.As a result, when a new saw blade was loaded into electric saw, pawl may be separated with saw blade not correctly.An incorrect pawl that is positioned can slow down the retro-speed of pawl or hinder pawl prevention saw blade.Therefore, be braked with uniform brake speed, when upgrading saw blade, may adjust the position of pawl in order to guarantee saw blade.Automatically the example mechanism and the method for the happy and auspicious pawl in location have been illustrated in the chapters and sections 8 in the above.Yet no matter whether pawl be automatically to be positioned, CONTROLLER DESIGN 50 provides a protection user to avoid the assurance of an extra level contacting with the saw blade accident to survey incorrect saw blade to the spacing of pawl.

Should be understood that the way of a lot of detection saw blades 40 and 60 incorrect spacings of pawl is arranged.As an example, Figure 125 illustrates a pawl 945 with the capacitor system that is used to survey correct pawl spacing.Be similar to pawl shown in Figure 2 40, pawl 945 can comprise one cut sth. askew or be shaped to rapidly and fully with parts 946 of cutting tool engagement.In addition, in general pawl 945 comprises a pair of is parallel, the cantilever 947 that separates.This cantilever extends through parts 946.When pawl was positioned near saw blade, cantilever 947 was arranged any one side that extends to saw blade and does not contact with saw blade.Each cantilever comprises that one is arranged near a capacitor board 826 on the cantilever inner surface of saw blade.Conductor wire 949 leads to suitable saw blade detector circuit (not showing) from each capacitor board 826.

Capacitor board 826 is positioned on the cantilever 947.Like this, when the pawl spacing in the scope that wishes, saw blade extends between two capacitor boards.Should be understood that the capacitance of crossing over pole plate 826 will depend on whether saw blade is positioned between the pole plate and different.This saw blade detector circuit is designed to drive the signal of telecommunication by the variation of capacitance between the pole plate of conductor wire 947 and detection.

Can be known by those those skilled in the art with the suitable circuit that pawl 945 uses.Figure 126,824 places show the example of a pawl to saw blade detecting for spaces circuit.Described in above-mentioned chapters and sections 1 and 2, a suitable example contact detection system of using with this patent applies a signal of telecommunication by a drive plate (not demonstrating) to saw blade.This signal can be picked up by arbitrary or two pole plates 826 and monitor to guarantee that this signal amplitude is in a preset range.Particularly, will be by amplitude that pole plate 826 detected with descending rapidly to the distance of saw blade.Therefore, the amplitude by supervision is detected can confirm suitable spacing.If appropriate signals is not detected, circuit 824 transmits a rub-out signal to logic controller 50 and is detected up to the spacing of suitable pawl to saw blade with the operation that stops machine 10.Other example comprises the circuit of the example contact detection circuit that is similar to described in chapters and sections 1.

Capacitor board 826 can optionally be shaped, and when pawl is too near to saw blade and when leans on closely inadequately to survey.Other method is that two pairs of capacitor boards can be positioned on the pawl; A pair ofly whether be used to survey pawl too near saw blade; And whether another is too far away from saw blade to surveying pawl.Under any circumstance, this detection circuit is designed to send a rub-out signal to logic controller 50.This controller is taked suitable action then.

Though an example of pawl detecting for spaces system it will be appreciated that as being described automatically, also have a lot of possible variations in the above.For example, two capacitor boards all can be positioned in the same one side of saw blade rather than relative two sides.This capacitor board and/or saw blade detection circuit can be separated by pawl, and in the back in this case, for example, capacitor board can be installed on the independently circuit board relevant with pawl with detection circuit.Other method is, capacitor board can be replaced by one or more light emitting diodes and detector, and like this, when pawl was suitably located, saw blade blocked the light path between diode and the detector.Other method that is used to survey saw blade and pawl degree of closeness still is possible.Further select as one, capacitor board 826 can play charging panel 44,46 and pawl detecting for spaces device.In addition, a detecting plate can be installed on the scarf 946 of pawl.This plate can be used to survey the drive input signal that is used to contact.The signal amplitude that pole plate detected will and pole plate pole plate and saw blade sawtooth between spacing be inversely proportional to.If this signal does not have the amplitude that surpasses a given threshold value, system is interpreted as illustrating the pawl face not enough near saw blade this.

In the part of security system 18 was installed in device in the replaceable cartridge 80, whether logic controller also can be designed to survey cartridge and suitably be connected with the remainder of security system.A sample method being connected with the feasibility of cartridge of test is to be contained in a element (for example, fusible links, emission system charge stored etc.) on the cartridge by inspection.Other method is that a cable (not shown) that connects cartridge 80 and logic controller 50 can comprise an independently holding wire.This holding wire is grounded or bias voltage when being connected with cartridge.The feasibility that goes to cartridge except detection connected, correct saw blade can be detected to the spacing of cartridge by the measurement saw blade to the pawl spacing.For example, capacitor board 826 can be placed on the cartridge shell 82 also be not pawl from one's body.Further, the saw blade of failure also may be used to survey an infeasible connection that goes to cartridge to the test of cartridge spacing.

This control system, method and correlation machine can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are used for illustrating rather than limit by any way the statement of this announcement formula.The scope that need not depart from this announcement, following explanation can be changed and revise.

9.1. carpenter's machine comprises:

A processing component;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and processing component;

A reaction system relevant with detection system takes place to cause preconcerted operations when detecting dangerous situation;

And one is suitable for one or more processing components, detection system, and the control system of reaction system operability.

9.1.1. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, by handling one or more data from reaction system, control system is used to control one or more processing components, detection system, and reaction system operability.

9.1.2. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, control system is suitable for carrying out the self check on the machine.

9.1.3. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, control system is used to determine whether detection system works.

9.1.4. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, control system is used to determine whether reaction system works.

9.1.5. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, reaction system comprises a capacitor, and is suitable for carrying out self check to determine whether capacitor works in this control system.

9.1.6. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, reaction system comprises a fusible member, and is suitable for carrying out self check to determine whether fusible member works in this control system.

9.1.7. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, detection system is notified processing component the signal of telecommunication, and is suitable for monitoring effectively that signal of telecommunication in this control system.

9.1.8. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, control system is suitable for preventing the triggering of reaction system chance.

9.1.9. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, control system be suitable for controlling about with the display unit of machine function.

9.1.10. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, processing component is driven by motor, and is suitable for controlling motor in this control system.

9.1.11. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, processing component comprises a saw blade, and reaction system comprises that one is used for contacting saw blade and is positioned near the brake pawl of saw blade, and is used to monitor the control system of brake pawl with respect to the saw blade position.

9.1.12. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1 further comprises a framework that supports processing component, at this, processing component comprises a conduction cutting instrument with the framework electric insulation, one is transmitted the detection system of the signal of telecommunication to the conduction cutting instrument, and one is used for the control system whether monitor electrical signal is sent to the conduction cutting instrument.

9.1.13. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, reaction system comprises an emission subsystem that triggers predetermined action, and the emission subsystem comprises a fusible member, and control system checks whether fusible member puts in place.

9.1.14. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, reaction system comprises an emission subsystem that triggers predetermined action, and the emission subsystem is used to check electric charge, and control system checks whether emission system maintains electric charge.

9.1.15. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, control system is checked one or more processing components, the operability of detection system and reaction system repeatedly when machine run.

9.1.16. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, control system comprises microprocessor.

9.1.17. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1, at this, control system allows user's bypass reaction system.

9.1.18. carpenter's machine of paragraph 9.1 further comprises a framework that supports processing component, at this, processing component comprises a conduction cutting instrument with the framework electric insulation, one is transmitted the detection system of the signal of telecommunication to the conduction cutting instrument, and whether signal that is used to monitor within the specific limits and is transmitted produces the control system of a detectable signal.

9.2. an electric saw comprises:

A saw blade;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the condition of the danger between people and the saw blade;

A reaction system relevant with detection system is to cause the generation of a predetermined action when detecting dangerous situation;

And control system that is suitable for monitoring and controlling detection and reaction system.

9.3. the method for a control electric saw, at this, electric saw comprises the saw blade that is driven by a motor, a condition that is suitable for surveying the danger between people and the saw blade, and reaction system relevant with detection system causes the generation of a predetermined action when detecting dangerous situation, and this method comprises:

Check whether detection system works;

Check whether reaction system works;

And, just start to drive the motor of saw blade if detection and reaction system work. Chapters and sections 10: motion detection

As above-mentioned, security system 18 can comprise that one is used to survey the sensor or the sensor cluster of saw blade or cutting element motion.This sensor cluster be connected to usually to logic controller 50 transmit a signal with the signal saw blade whether in motion, this logic controller can be designed to depend on whether saw blade moves and the dangerous situation that detects is made different reactions.For example, the user of machine 10 need prepare for the use machine and contact saw blade 40 when installation or when removing saw blade usually.Usually, the user will be when carrying out this generic operation cuts off the power source of all machines 10.Yet, before contacting saw blade, the user ignores under the situation with machine and power source cut-out, and logic controller 50 will be surveyed subsystem 22 certainly and accept a contact detectable signal.If system 18 comprises a saw blade motion sensor, then logic controller 50 can be designed at saw blade not when moving, deactivation emission subsystem 76.Replace, this logic controller can be designed to take one or more other actions, and these actions can be to stop motor sub-assembly 16, give the alarm, and show mistake etc.Other method is that this logic controller can be designed to not take any action when saw blade does not detect contact in motion.

Except surveying saw blade whether motion, security system 18 also can be designed to determine saw blade be with which speed in motion.This just allows logic controller can distinguish the quick saw blade motion that can damage the user, and the low speed saw blade motion that can not damage the user usually.For example, a user can with hand move saw blade also can not start the emission subsystem 76.In some devices, logic controller 50 can be designed to analyze signal from the saw blade motion sensor to determine the relative velocity of saw blade.

It will be appreciated that the saw blade speed that is considered to damage will depend on the type of machine 10 and saw blade 40 and is different.For example, the injury that caused when low speed of 14 inches charing rack saw sheets on table saw is more serious than the injury that 53/8 inch gummed saw blade on the cross cut saw is caused.Like this, the device in the security system of using on the table saw 18 can be designed to only just start the emission subsystem when saw blade speed is higher than about 10,25,60 or 90 commentaries on classics per minute kinds.And another device that is used for the security system 18 on the cross cut saw can be designed to only just start when saw blade speed is higher than about 40,100 or 240 commentaries on classics per minute kinds.

In addition or in addition, the saw blade rotation that this logic controller can be designed to only between motor sub-assembly 16 on-stream periods or the back of just having turned round to be detected is interpreted as dangerous, in other words, this saw blade motion detection will be only saw blade driven by motor sub-assembly and during after saw blade begins to stop operating one is of short duration relatively in be only activation.All will be left in the basket in any saw blade motion that detects At All Other Times.

Security system 18 can comprise any to survey the motion of saw blade of numerous sensor clusters.Further, depend on the design of the saw blade 40 and/or the machine 10 of specific type, each sensor cluster all can be revised on demand.Though described several example sensor clusters here, it will be appreciated that, various other method and mechanism all applicable to the motion of automatically surveying saw blade.

An example device of security system 18 comprises that a design surveys the magnetic transducing assembly 1000 of saw blade motion.The motion that it will be appreciated that saw blade can be detected by any other parts of the security system that monitors saw blade or move with saw blade.These parts comprise cutter shaft, bearing, and motor sub-assembly, cutter shaft pulley etc., in the example device that Figure 127 described, magnetic transducing assembly 1000 comprises a hall effect sensor 1001 and one or more magnet 1002.Also can survey and be rotated the magnetic field of being scratched with a coil.This magnet is fixed on the cutter shaft.Sensor 1001 is mounted and designs the motion that relies on the motion of surveying the cutter shaft upper magnet to survey saw blade.Sensor 1001 can be any suitable hall effect sensor, for example, similarly is can be from San Jose, and the MicronIntermatall of California obtains, and production number is the sensor of no.HAL114.

Hall effect sensor 1001 can by any suitable method be installed in cutter shaft near.In this example device, this sensor is installed in a zone that falls in 272 of an insulation tube 268.This insulation tube also supports charging panel 44 and 46.This had more detailed description in above-mentioned chapters and sections 2.This recessed zone is arranged on having on the small holes 273 on the charging panel 44.Other method is that this recessed zone can be arranged on having on the small holes 273 of charging panel 46.Under any circumstance, magnet 1002 is arranged on the cutter shaft 42 so that cutter shaft is when rotating in insulation tube, and magnet can pass through from contiguous aperture 273.Aperture 273 allows sensors 1001 to survey the magnetic field that is produced during by magnet 1002 at it.Sensor 1001 included or a plurality of connector.These connectors make 1003 to receive the power from logic controller joinably, and send signal to logic controller.

Magnet 1002 can any suitable style be installed on the cutter shaft.Usually, this magnet is fixed with the surface of extend through cutter shaft.For example, magnet can by interference fit and/or be adhesive in of cutter shaft recessed horizontal on.Other method is, can the be fixed surface of extend through cutter shaft of one or more magnets.The size of magnet 1002 and quantity can the different signals that is produced by sensor 1001 with control.In an alternative device, magnet 1002 can be fixed on other position, similarly is contiguous cutter shaft 42 1 ends, or on saw blade 40 or the like.

Sensor 1001 can be connected to transmit signal by any suitable circuit to logic controller 50.For example, Figure 128 shows that is suitable for the example turn-sensitive device circuit 177 that the signal of autobiography sensor 1001 in the future is coupled to logic controller 50.Those personages that present technique is proficient in it will be appreciated that circuit 177 can be revised on demand according to an application-specific.

Another example that is suitable for surveying the appropriate method of saw blade motion is to measure by electromagnetic field (EMF).Just as known to those personages that technology is proficient in, when the power supply that leads to motor was cut off, motor rotary speed reduced also produce an EMF pulse on input power cord.Like this, in the place that saw blade 40 is driven by an electric notor assembly 16, as long as an EMF pulse is detected on supply lines, and power supply is when being provided to motor sub-assembly, and this saw blade just can be considered to also in rotation.

Like this, in another example device that Figure 129 shows, security system 18 comprises an EMF sensor 1005.This sensor is designed to survey the motion of saw blade.Sensor cluster 1005 comprises that one is placed on an EMF detection circuit 1006 on the supply path of 20 of motor sub-assembly 16 and power supplys.Circuit 1006 is suitable for monitoring the supply lines 1007 that is positioned at power supply and motor sub-assembly, and surveys the existence of EMF pulse on the supply lines.Other method is that circuit 1006 can be placed on the position of any suitable detection from the EMF pulse of motor sub-assembly 16.Circuit 1006 can be any circuit or the mechanism that is used to survey the EMF pulse, similarly is to manage known to those those skilled in the art.Circuit 1006 also is connected to logic controller 50, and is suitable for transmitting a signal to illustrate whether the EMF pulse exists on cable 1007 to this logic controller.Selectively, circuit 1006 and/or logic controller 50 can be suitable for analyzing the EMF radiation that detects, and the speed of assessment saw blade 40.In this case, this logic controller can be designed to just do not starting emission subsystem 76 when the user is caused serious injury in that saw blade speed is unlikely.

In another example device, security system 18 comprises an electric sensor assembly that is suitable for electrically surveying saw blade 40 motions.Security system 18 can be designed to survey the saw blade motion optically in various modes.For example, a rotary optical encoder can be linked to each other with cutter shaft to survey the rotation of cutter shaft.Can use any rotary encoder, similarly be that those can be from Schaumburg, the encoder that the OmronElectronics Inc. of Illinois obtains.In addition, as following described, other optical sensor module also can be used.

Usually, optical sensor module will be covered at least in part to prevent that sawdust or other discarded object from hindering and be surveyed.The example device of an optical sensor components is shown in Figure 130,1010 places.Sensor cluster 1010 comprises that one is suitable for surveying the optical pickocff 1011 from light source 1012.Other method is to use the light source and/or the optical pickocff of plural number.Those those skilled in the art know, can use any the same in various light source, and this comprises a white heat or fluorescence etc., light emitting diode (LED), laser diode etc.Similarly, can use any into various different optical detectors known to those those skilled in the art, this comprises photodiode, phototriode etc.

Under any circumstance, the arrangement of light source makes that the signal that photo-detector received is different when saw blade rotates or be motionless.For example, light source and detector can be arranged to only just can receive signal when saw blade is static when saw blade moves or only.Other method is that light source 1012 and detector 1011 can be arranged to make that the light radiation that arrives detector changes when saw blade moves.

Figure 130 device shown is utilized a kind of arrangement in this back.Sensor cluster 1010 comprises that the LED1012 that is fixed in the insulation tube 268 launches light with logical aperture 273 to charging panel 44 or 46.Light is reflected by cutter shaft and also is fixed on insulation tube 268 interior photodiodes 1011 near aperture 273 and detects.This cutter shaft comprises one or more minimizing reflector spaces 1013 that are suitable for reducing the light radiation that reflexes to photodiode 1011.Zone 1013 can make cutter shaft coarse to cause light diffuse reflection etc., one-tenth such as mode by covering cutter shaft with light absorping film.Under any circumstance, reduce reflector space and when cutter shaft rotates, on photodiode, produce a signal that changes.On the contrary, when cutter shaft was static, photodiode produced a fixed signal.

The minimum spacing that cutter shaft 42 and charging panel are 44,46 trends towards keeping making discarded object to avoid blocking the cutter shaft and the photodiode/LED spacing of signal.Other method is that the insulation tube assembly can be encapsulated in (not shown) in the protection casing.

In another alternative devices that Figure 131 and 132 shows, optical sensor components 1010 comprises that one is fixed on the cutter shaft and is placed on a barrier structure 1014 between photodiode 1011 and LED1012.Other method is, the motor sub-assembly 16 that this barrier structure can be fixed on any position of cutting element 14 or be used for rotating with saw blade.Barrier structure 1014 comprises one or more light-emitting zones or aperture 1015.This aperture can adopt any desirable form or size.Photodiode and LED are fixed on one attached to cutter shaft unit 250, and are placed in the support member 16 of barrier structure 1014 any one sides.Light emitting diode is aligned so that light passes through aperture 1015, and similarly, photodiode is aligned the light of surveying by aperture 1015.Like this, when cutter shaft 42 rotates, alternately be blocked and passed through from the light barrier structure of light emitting diode, thereby on photodiode, produce the signal of a variation.

Photodiode 1011 can be linked to each other with any suitable drive circuit with LED 1012.Resemble known to those personages that present technique is proficient in.Figure 133 shows an example circuit that produces an optical signal at LED1012.An application-specific be can make and the particular value and the voltage source of selecting circuit element come.Under any circumstance, whether photodiode is connected to logic controller 50 emissions one signal and is moving with signal saw blade 40.

In another example device, security system 18 comprises that one is suitable for the fax sense assembly that electrical resistivity survey is surveyed the motion of saw blade 40.Numerous mode and mechanisms that electrical resistivity survey is surveyed the saw blade motion that are used for are arranged.The particular types and the design of machine 10 will be depended on usually in selected ad hoc approach and/or mechanism.For example, be designed electric capacity to survey a signal place that induces on saw blade at charging panel 46, any accidental saw blade uneven distribution or saw blade rotation all will cause saw blade and 46 capacitances of charging panel to change when saw blade rotates.As a result, charging panel 46 will detect the signal amplitude of a variation when saw blade rotates.Like this, a signal transducer can be designed to survey and the contacting and the rotation of saw blade of user.Preferably, Ou Ran variation is not enough to trigger reaction subsystem 24 on amplitude and/or rate of change.

Be not by accidental uneven distribution, security system 18 can comprise that one is suitable for surveying one because the example sensory package that the saw blade uneven distribution of design or the inhomogeneous signal that causes change.Other method is that this sensory package is suitable for surveying some the regional signals that uneven distribution produced from the cutting element 14.These zones are rotated with saw blade and are electrically connected with saw blade.Figure 134 shows the example device of such sensor cluster.Sensory package 1020 comprises that a Capacitance Coupled is to survey the exploring electrode 1021 of a signal of telecommunication on the cutter shaft 42.Electrode 1021 can be by fixing to provide and the other parts of cutter shaft 42 and cutting element 14 and the electric insulation of machine 10 in any suitable manner.In this example device, electrode 1021 be fixed in the insulation tube 268 and be arranged with extend between charging panel 44 and 46 near cutter shaft a bit on.Sensory package 1020 also comprises one or more uneven distributions zone 1022.These area arrangement on cutter shaft, and sufficiently calibrate with electrode 1021 so as when cutter shaft to rotate by this electrode.

It will be appreciated that uneven distribution zone 1022 can be designed to be suitable for to cause quantity, size, shape or the form of any hope that cutter shaft and interelectrode capacitance change when cutter shaft rotates.In this example device, non-uniform areas 1022 adopts the form of the groove that forms on cutter shaft 42 surfaces.Big (thereby capacitance is less) when the spacing between electrode and cutter shaft is below non-uniform areas is positioned at electrode like this than below not being positioned at the time.Other method is, non-uniform areas 1022 can adopt any form that is suitable for changing cutter shaft and inter-electrode capacitance, and this comprises the zone of projection, the electricity pad etc. that is situated between.Under any circumstance, if a signal of telecommunication is induced (for example, being abutted against the charging panel 44 that feeler inspection is surveyed subsystem 22) on cutter shaft, if cutter shaft is rotating, then electrode 1021 will detect the variation of that signal.On the contrary, if cutter shaft is static, this electrode will be surveyed the variation less than signal.

Now notice is turned to Figure 135, shown another example device of fax sense assembly 1020 among the figure.At this, electrode 1021 is placed on the place near the sawtooth 1023 of saw blade 40.Electrode 1021 can be fixed on the cutter shaft unit 250 or any other proper site of machine 10 on.In addition, electrode can be positioned in the side (shown in Figure 134) of saw blade, or at the saw blade outer edge surface on the position of cutter shaft.The size of electrode, shape and position depend on that the position of sawtooth 1023 is with big or small and different.Under any circumstance, when sawtooth 1023 passes through electrode 1021, saw blade and interelectrode electric capacitance change, thereby the amplitude of the change signal that electrode detected.Other method is, a plural electrode can be placed near the sawtooth the difference, so that the orthofunction of saw blade is detected by the modulation of the relative signal amplitude on the electrode.So substituting detection agency also can use with the device of other sensory package 30.

Though some are used to survey the magnetic field of saw blade motion, EMF, the example of optics and fax sense assembly was described, it will be appreciated that, and a lot of modifications of these sensory packages and variation all are possible.Further, security system 18 can comprise similarly being mechanical pick-up device, the motion detection sensor of other type of acoustics or ultrasonic sensor etc.Under any circumstance, this invention provide one effectively and reliable method to distinguish which situation and can cause and which situation is unlikely that the power machine user is damaged.

This motion detection system, method and correlation machine can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are used for illustrating rather than limit by any way the statement of this announcement formula.The scope that need not depart from this announcement, following explanation can be changed and revise.

10.1. carpenter's machine comprises:

A processing component that when mobile, is suitable for work;

The detection system of dangerous situation between parts that are suitable for surveying people and work;

The reaction system of the generation that when detecting dangerous situation causes a predetermined action relevant with detection system;

And one is suitable for surveying the motion detection system that processing component moves and stop reaction system when processing component does not move.

10.1.1. carpenter's machine of paragraph 10.1, at this, processing component is a rotating saw blade, and whether surveys saw blade in rotation in this motion detection system.

10.1.2. carpenter's machine of paragraph 10.1, at this, motion detection system is surveyed the speed of motion, and if the saw blade rotating speed think that when a critical value speed is following saw blade is not rotating.

10.1.3. carpenter's machine of paragraph 10.1, at this, motion detection system comprises a sensor.

10.1.3.1. carpenter's machine of paragraph 10.1.3, at this, sensor is a hall effect sensor.

10.1.3.2. carpenter's machine of paragraph 10.1.3, at this, sensor is an electromagnetic field wild throw sensor.

10.1.3.3. carpenter's machine of paragraph 10.1.3, at this, sensor is the sensor of an optics.

10.1.3.4. carpenter's machine of paragraph 10.1.3, at this, sensor is an electric transducer.

10.2. carpenter's machine comprises:

A processing component that when mobile, is suitable for work;

A motor that drives processing component;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the condition of the danger between people and the saw blade;

And the reaction system of the generation that when detecting dangerous situation causes a predetermined action relevant with detection system, only just cause these preconcerted operations at this reaction system at motor running or in the definite time after motor turns round. Chapters and sections 11: translation braking

At mitre saw, chopping saw, line-bar resaw and some other cutting element are shifted to downwards or by in the power-equipment of workpiece with cut workpiece, and reaction subsystem 24 can comprise that stops that cutting element continues to move down or the system by workpiece.The translational motion that stops cutting element making by the user and contact with saw blade and the injury that causes reduces to minimum.

It is the system's example device that stops the cutting element translation of content that Figure 136 shows with line-bar resaw 1100.Usually, line-bar resaw 1100 comprises 1102, one of horizontal bases from pedestal 1102 upwardly extending plumb posts 1104, and one vertically to separate lead arm 1106 from pillar 1104 extensions with pedestal 1102.One cartridge 1108 is connected slidably with the bottom of lead arm 1106.The bottom of cartridge 1108 is connected with motor sub-assembly 1112 with electric saw shell 1110, cuts by the workpiece of base supports (not demonstrating) to allow saw blade 1114 to be pulled through pedestal.Line-bar resaw 1106 preferably installs above-mentioned system to stop the rotation of saw blade.This system is included in a brake pawl in the cartridge 82.

In use, the user catches the handle 1116 on the electric saw and draws electric saw and the workpiece of saw blade by on pedestal 1102.In these times of doing, the user may unexpectedly move electric saw to other position that misplaces the finger or his health of position with.When contacting generation, 60 work of brake pawl are also to draw electric saw to his or she health direction owing to the user is detected in contact still with the rotation of braking saw blade.Even this electric saw may continue to move pawl 60 to the user and stop saw blade.The action of this continuation may cause the saw blade that has been stopped to be driven to above user's health (for example, user's hand) to cause further injury.One stops cartridge and electric saw can address this problem along the system that lead arm is moved when saw blade is detected with contacting of user's health.

It will be appreciated that to have much to stop the method that support 1108 slides along lead arm 1106.Figure 136 has shown two examples.An example comprises a pivot wedge assembly 1118.Assembly 1118 comprises that a pivot is connected on the wedge or pawl 1120 of guide support 1108.Starter 1122 that is fixed on the support 1108 is operably connected to the control relevant with brake pawl 60 and cartridge 82 and surveys on the subsystem.When being released with convenient pawl 62, starter 1122 engagement pawls 1120.Yet, in case when saw blade was detected with contacting of user's health, detection system sent an enabling signal to starter 1122.The signal of delivering to starter 1122 may be with to be used to trigger the signal that discharges brake pawl 60 identical, or an also different signal.Under any circumstance, when receiving enabling signal, starter drives wedge 1120, causes it to pivot and enters lead arm, further moves to the forward position lead arm to prevent guide support.This wedge can be covered with or similarly be that the high friction material of rubber is made by one.And/or can be designed to have profile of tooth etc. to increase its braking action.

Another example brake design that Figure 136 shows comprises the reel assemblies that can pin 1124.Assembly 1124 can be used to replace, or uses with wedge 1118.Under any circumstance, this can pin reel assemblies and comprises a reel of having gone up spring 1126 that is fixed on the supporting pillar 1104.One end of one rope or cable 1138 is attached on the guide support 1108, and the other end is by on reel 1126.When the user was pulled through pedestal with electric saw, reel unclamped, and extended to allow rope.The reel of having gone up spring guarantees that this reel can be gone up and keeps some tension force on the rope and reclaim rope on the reel when the user makes electric saw push supporting pillar to backward.Assembly 1124 also comprises reel brake, similarly is pawl 1130.This brake operationally links to each other with the detection subsystem with the control relevant with brake pawl 60.When saw blade was detected with contacting of user's health, an enabling signal was sent to the reel brake like this, caused that reel pins.In case reel pins, rope will prevent that electric saw from further leaving the motion of supporting pillar 1104.In the example device of a reel assemblies 1124 that in Figure 136, does not demonstrate, can pin reel and can be loaded into cartridge 82, or be placed near the cartridge 82.In this case, rope will be from the reel revolution to supporting pillar 1104.

It will be appreciated that have a lot of alternative being same as to stop method and the design of guide support and electric saw along the lead arm operation.Any one or a plurality of these alternative methods all can be used to replace, or use with Figure 136 brake design shown and that be described in the above.

Figure 137 shows with a mitre saw or chopping saw 1150 to be the example device of a system that is used to stop the cutting tool translation of content.It will be appreciated that mitre saw 1150 can be any mitre saw.This comprises a simple mitre saw, the combination mitre saw, and combination mitre saw etc. slides.Usually, mitre saw 1150 comprises that is used for fixing a pedestal or a support 1152 that is cut break.One swing arm 1154 pivots with pedestal 1152 and links to each other to allow swing arm to pivot to pedestal downwards.Be attached in the swing arm 1154 is a casing 1156 that is suitable for holding at least in part saw blade 1158.One motor sub-assembly 1112 links to each other with casing, and comprises be fixed swivel knife shaft 1160 on it of a saw blade.Motor sub-assembly 1112 comprises a handle 1162 with the trigger switch that can operate the running electric saw.One optionally saw blade guardrail (not demonstrating) can extend from casing 1156 bottoms to cover any part of the saw blade that from casing, exposes.The user is pulled upwardly electric saw when using mitre saw 1150, place work piece on pedestal 1152, drive downwards then electric saw towards workpiece with cut workpiece.

Mitre saw 1150 comprises also that preferably a design as implied above stops the brake pawl 60 in cartridge 82 of saw blade rotation.Saw blade with the speed rotation that per minute several thousand changes has a sizable angular momentum.Therefore, when the brake pawl meshed and stops saw blade, angular momentum must be passed in the brake.Pivot because the swing arm of mitre saw is the direction of freely rotating along saw blade, when saw blade was stopped suddenly, the angular momentum of this saw blade can be passed to swing arm, to cause that this swing arm is to lower swing.If the part of user's health is below saw blade, moving downward that this of swing arm is unexpected and strong may damage the user.

There are a lot of suitable methods to can be used to prevent suddenly downward the moving of swing arm.For example, being connected with pivot between pedestal at swing arm can be electric lock.For example, use a magnetic board brake, to prevent the pivot of swing arm.This signal that is used for pinning this junction can be provided by detection system.Other method is, one similarly is that the damper of inflation cylinder can be connected between swing arm and the pedestal limiting the speed that this swing arm can pivot with respect to pedestal, and this is 1180 shown by Figure 137's.This arrangement also can be limited in and detect that saw blade can move distance how far between the moment that saw blade and user's time of contact and saw blade braked by pawl.Though a lot of other methods connection swing arms and pedestal are arranged to prevent the unexpected motion of swing arm to the pedestal direction, the great majority of this type of design are transferred to angular momentum on swing arm/base assembly.The weight and the balance that depend on saw, this angular momentum can be enough to cause toppling over of whole saw.Therefore, be necessary that bolt etc. are fixed on the stable plane with the pedestal clip.

Figure 137 shows that is used for preventing the method that swing arm 1154 moves down suddenly.Swing arm 1154 comprises a cam portion 1170 with cam face 1172.Cam portion 1170 can be integrated with swing arm and casing 1156.One braking pawl 1174 is fixed on the plumb post 1104 of contiguous cam face 1172, and a starter 1176 is positioned and is adjacent to pawl 1174.This starter 1176 operationally links to each other with detection system when being released with convenient pawl 62 with the control relevant with brake pawl 60 and cartridge 82, and starter 1176 meshes pawls 1174.During normal running, starter 1176 keeps the released state of pawl and cam face.Yet in case saw blade is detected with contacting of user, detection system is sent an enabling signal to starter, and this signal can be identical or different with the signal that triggers release brake pawl 60.Under any circumstance, when receiving enabling signal, this starter drives pawl 1174, causes that its pivot enters cam face 1172 to prevent the further rotation of swing arm.The such material of one deck be made or be covered to pawl 1174 can by the high friction material that similarly is rubber, and/or be designed to have profile of tooth etc. to strengthen its braking maneuver.Cam portion 1170 can be modified to and can stretch out as far as possible from its pivotal point so that the downward motion of arm of helping stop swinging of a strong as far as possible arm of force to be provided.

Mitre saw among Figure 137 also comprises a piston/cylinder 1180 that is connected between swing arm and the pedestal 1152.This piston/cylinder restriction swing arm is with respect to the pivot speed of pedestal, and can also be used for stopping or limiting when unexpected contact of detecting with saw blade the motion of saw blade.

The alternative that has the arm that much is used for stopping swinging to move down is established each and design.In these alternative methods any one or a plurality of all can being used to substitute, or replenish.The pawl, the cam design that in Figure 137, show and done in the above to describe.The most important thing is in saw blade contact user, to provide a mechanical braking that stops swing arm to move downward.

Figure 138 shows an alternative translation arrestment mechanism of cutting in the shredding machine to install on pneumatic.Shredding machine 1181 comprises a saw blade 40 that is fixed on the pivot cutter shaft unit 1182.This saw blade and/or the parts that some are relevant with electric saw be electric insulation and be connected with a detection system illustrating in the chapters and sections 1 and 2 in the above.This arrangement allows to resemble those that illustrate and surveys contacting of saw blade and user in those situations.

The cutter shaft unit upwards is pivoted on the position shown in the dotted line by a pneumatic cylinders 1183.This cylinder can be started by the user.Similarly be by setting foot on a foot-operated switch, or by an electronic controller.In either case, a magnetic valve (not demonstrating) is provided to control the gas of delivering to cylinder usually.Saw blade guardrail 1184 is provided to cover saw blade when saw blade stretches out desk top one by one.Under many circumstances, the saw blade guardrail moves down when starting electric saw with as a clamping device that is cut material.One along the metal tape 1885 of saw blade guardrail bottom thereby can and be used as an electrode with to above-mentioned such detection and the contacting of user by electric insulation.Because the saw blade guardrail does not rotate, and may not need to use Capacitance Coupled to survey contact, and can use any suitable system.Under any circumstance, this detection system monitors contacting of saw blade guardrail bottom and user.Though not necessarily, preferably controlling the contact that subsystem only will be detected was used as a unsafe condition and triggers reaction system between the actual starting period of electric saw.Otherwise, the accident contact when user's placement is cut material may cause false triggering under non-dangerous situation about existing.Yet if the user is met in the bottom of saw blade guardrail during the electric saw start-up period, this reaction system should be activated.Because user's hand can be covered by gloves and maybe can be placed in below the desktop, in most of the cases, it is inadequate only surveying as contact with the saw blade guardrail.On the contrary, saw blade and user's contacts (when saw blade scratches gloves) and also can be monitored and trigger reaction system.Other method is that gloves can be made with conductive material, or use conductive material.

That does that a supervision contacts with saw blade substituting or replenishing, and the electric saw desktop can be isolated near a zone of saw blade opening and is used for monitoring and the contacting of user, just as if such with the saw blade guardrail.For example, one 2 centimetres wide, have on the position that the metal tape that cracks that saw blade passes through can be stretched out by saw blade on the desktop insulating materials is installed.This strip region can be used to do the contact exploring electrode.Therefore, if user's hand touches the electrode on the desktop, just on the table near 1 centimetre of saw blade with interior place, when electric saw was activated, reaction system can be triggered.Certainly similarly system can be used on carpenter's machine of a lot of other types, similarly be the planing machine send the material part, to survey dangerous situation.

Saw 1181 comprises a reaction system 24.If this system is designed to detect when contacting with the user at guardrail/desktop or saw blade, interrupt moving upward of saw.Reaction system 24 comprises a first connecting rod 1186a who extends between the end of cutter shaft unit 1182 and lever connecting rod 1186b.This lever connecting rod rotates around a pivotal point 1187, and its other end links to each other with a second connecting rod 1186c.The location of this pivotal point make the saw starting period between second connecting rod than first connecting rod advance much far away.One spring 1188 is connected the free end of second connecting rod and resists moving upward of saw body with the whole linkage of tensioning.Though this tension force not necessarily, is of value to and guarantees that any space in the connecting rod has been tensioned when brake starts, below resembling will as described in, thereby the motion that makes progress is minimized.

Reaction system comprises that also one is the braking mechanism 28 of form with pawl 1189.This pawl is fixed on one and pivots on 1190 and be that the bias mechanism 30 of form is setovered to second connecting rod by one with belleville spring heap 1191.This spring preferably is positioned pawl is pushed to the opposite direction of its rotation.So just make any gap that makes progress or free when the pawl face contacts second connecting rod apart from being minimized.Same, this will reduce the motion that saw blade makes progress after triggering brake.One is that the limiting mechanism of form is magnetically linked to each other with the top of pawl and keeps the pawl position with the antagonism bias mechanism with electromagnet 1192.Usually, pawl is to be made and provided toothed surface the time to catch or to sting into connecting rod in engagement at front surface by a hard magnetic material.This pawl also can be provided a magnetic board attached to top to mesh with electromagnet.One slidingsurface 1193 guides second connecting rod and provide a support to second connecting rod when pawl promotes connecting rod facing to pawl.Limiter 1194 remains on slidingsurface with second connecting rod, when pawl is activated, does not have the gap and guarantee that connecting rod can unexpectedly not contact with pawl before discharging like this.The pawl face preferably is fixed or like this: it travels very closely, preferably at 0.1mm between the 2mm so that with the time minimization of connecting rod engagement institute palpus.

Under normal circumstances, an electric current is driven through electromagnet to maintain pawl.When starting reaction system, this resistance has been interrupted, and preferably provides a reversing the current to push the pawl that contacts with second connecting rod to promptly to discharge by a spring in a short time.Pawl is bonded together to prevent that saw blade from further moving upward with second connecting rod then immediately.Simultaneously, pneumatic cylinders is reversed to begin the saw blade that bounces back.The simple cylinder of depending merely on a standard electric magnet valve oppositely is fast inadequately.It can not enough promptly stop motion upwards to prevent serious injury.Yet, in the 1--5 millisecond, stop motion upwards and limit pneumatic cylinders being reversed to the saw blade that bounces back up to magnetic valve by the pawl Brake Energy.Best is, is retracted in beginning in the time that fully is shorter than 100 milliseconds, thereby so that not free reaction of user and the hand that tosses them are by still causing more serious injury at the saw blade that rotates.

In brake after pawl is released, one is positioned at projection 1195 on the second connecting rod is positioned when saw is put down fully with the opposing electromagnet pawl that resets.When saw blade was put down, projection promoted the bottom of pawl pawl is mentioned and electromagnet position contacting again.This resets system again and is used again being ready to.Should be understood that electromagnet discharges and can be used to be used alternatingly with fusible member member described above.It is more cheap usually that fusible member is installed, and only is fit to expendable shortcoming but have.

Figure 139 shows that a design that is similar among Figure 138 stops the alternative reaction system of translational motion.System among Figure 139 only comprises on the adjutage 1199 that is connected to cutter shaft unit 1182.This adjutage provides some mechanical dominances, and this is similar to the lever connecting rod of Figure 138.When reaction system was activated, the pawl 1189 anti-connecting rods 1186 of catching like that described above were to stop the motion that saw blade makes progress.The same before anti-, spring 1188 remains on a tension force on the connecting rod to strain any can exist or space that development is come out in mechanism.Should be understood that the system among Figure 138 and 139 can be used together to produce extra mechanical dominance in the translation arrestment mechanism.

Figure 140 shows that another is similar at Figure 138, shown reaction system in 139.In the reaction system of Figure 140, brake is fixed on the cartridge 1196, and cartridge is slided along the connecting rod on lining 1,197 1186.This cartridge is fixed on the support 1198 that links to each other with cutter shaft unit 1182 and rotate around it.When the cutter shaft unit upwards rotated, cartridge was driven along connecting rod.When contact was detected, pawl was released to catch the surface of connecting rod and moving up of stopping to saw.As mentioned above, spring 1188 and 1191 is arranged to eliminate any space in the translation arrestment mechanism.To lifting saw blades such as should it may be noted that different amputating saws has different mechanisms, similarly be cam, eccentric wheel and above-mentioned translation braking also can be applied in these different mechanisms with various variations.

Above-mentioned translation braking also can be used the benefit that lumps together to obtain with various brakes or brake retraction system.For example, the saw blade chance that can be braked further to make grievous injury in the translation brake engaged minimizes.Other method or in addition, a cam mechanism can be provided to the saw blade that bounces back rapidly.

This is used to stop the system of translational motion, and method and machine can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are used for illustrating rather than limit by any way the statement of this announcement formula.The scope that need not depart from this announcement, following explanation can be changed and revise.

11.1. carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting part is suitable for doing translation at this cutting part with respect to the workpiece that is cut;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the machine one definite position;

And the reaction system that interrupts the workpiece translational motion of cutting during a dangerous situation that is suitable between detection system finder and machine some.

11.1.1. carpenter's machine of paragraph 11.1, at this, determination portion part of machine is a cutting part.

11.1.2. carpenter's machine of paragraph 11.1, at this, determination portion part of machine is a guardrail.

11.1.3. carpenter's machine of paragraph 11.1, at this, reaction system is suitable for interrupting the translation of cutting part by stopping its translational motion.

11.1.4. carpenter's machine of paragraph 11.1, at this, reaction system interrupts the translation of cutting part by putting upside down its translational motion.

11.1.5. carpenter's machine of paragraph 11.1 further comprises a brake system that stops the cutting part motion when detection system detects dangerous situation.

11.1.6. carpenter's machine of paragraph 11.1, at this, determining section is cutting parts, and this is meant contact between people and the cutting part in this dangerous situation.

11.1.7. carpenter's machine of paragraph 11.1, at this, determining section is cutting parts, and this is meant close between people and the cutting part in this dangerous situation.

11.2. a line-bar resaw comprises:

A guid arm;

A saw blade that is fixed and slides with along guid arm;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And interrupt the reaction system that saw blade slides during a dangerous situation that is suitable between detection system finder and saw blade.

11.2.1. the electric saw of paragraph 11.2, at this, reaction system comprises that a design contacts and embed the member of guid arm.

11.2.1.1. the electric saw of paragraph 11.2.1, at this, this member is a pawl.

11.2.2. the electric saw of paragraph 11.2, at this, saw blade is installed in along the guid arm of supporting structure and slides, at this, reaction system comprises a clue between supporting construction and cutter shaft, and is used for stopping saw blade in this this clue when detecting dangerous situation and slides on guid arm.

11.2.2.1. the electric saw of paragraph 11.2.2, at this, this rope is released when saw blade slides on guid arm.

11.2.2.2. the electric saw of paragraph 11.2.2, at this, this rope is enclosed on a cylinder, and this cylinder locked to stop this rope when detecting dangerous situation, to be emitted.

11.3. a mitre saw comprises:

A pedestal;

One by base supports and be suitable for pivoting to the workpiece that is cut

Arm:

One is fixed when workpiece rotates with the saw blade of swing arm campaign with contact workpiece when swing arm;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And interrupt during a dangerous situation that is suitable between detection system finder and saw blade saw blade and

The reaction system of arm motion.

11.3.1. the mitre saw of paragraph 11.3, at this, reaction system comprises that a design prevents the electric lock of swing arm rotation.

11.3.2. the mitre saw of paragraph 11.3 further comprises one in order to limit the piston of swing arm rotary speed.

11.3.3. the mitre saw of paragraph 11.3, at this, swing arm comprises a cam portion, and comprises that further one is used for the engagement with cams part to stop the pawl that swing arm pivots when detecting dangerous situation.

11.4. the security system of a machine, this security system comprises:

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the machining parts, at this, processing component moves;

And reaction system relevant with detection system.The motion at interruption of work position when this reaction system detects unsafe condition between people and processing component in detection system.

11.4.1. the security system of paragraph 11.4, at this, dangerous situation is meant contacting of people and machining parts, and is used to capacitively transmit electric charge and survey when the quantity of electric charge descends to processing component in this detection system.

11.4.2. the security system of paragraph 11.4, at this, the motion of processing component is translation, and reaction system stops that translational motion.

11.4.3. the security system of paragraph 11.4 at this, is interrupted the motion of processing component in reaction system 25 milliseconds after finding dangerous situation.

11.5. a chopping saw comprises:

One be fixed on the pivot cutter shaft unit and be suitable for pivoting and enter the saw blade that contacts with workpiece with cut workpiece;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

A reaction system that is used for when detection system detects unsafe condition between people and saw blade, interrupting saw blade and pivot cutter shaft unit motion.

11.5.1.. the chopping of paragraph 11.5 saw further comprises the pneumatic cylinders of a pivot saw blade and pivot cutter shaft unit.

11.5.2. the chopping of paragraph 11.5 saw, at this, detection system is surveyed the dangerous situation between people and saw blade.

11.5.3. the chopping of paragraph 11.5 saw further comprises a saw blade guardrail, and detection system detects the danger condition between people and saw blade guardrail.

11.5.4. the chopping of paragraph 11.5 saw comprises that further a working face, saw blade this plane of extending comes cut workpiece, and surveys contacting of people and at least a portion working face in this detection system.

11.5.5. the chopping of paragraph 11.5 saw, at this, reaction system comprises a braking mechanism and one connecting rod between pivot cutter shaft unit and fixing point, at this, connecting rod comprises the part that at least one moves when pivot cutter shaft unit rotational, and the motion that braking mechanism is used to limiting rod is with the motion of the cutter shaft unit that stops to pivot.

11.5.6. the chopping of paragraph 11.5 saw, at this, reaction system comprises:

One has and is used for the connecting rod of the lever that pivots around a pivotal point, this lever has two ends, and pivotal point is nearer apart from an end, one first lever be connected in pivot cutter shaft unit with, near between that end of pivotal point, and second lever that is connected with the lever other end, at this, the motion of pivot cutter shaft unit causes the motion of first lever, and the motion of first lever causes that then lever pivots around pivotal point, and the pivot of lever causes the motion of second lever; And a braking mechanism that is used to stop second lever motion, the motion of cutter shaft unit and the braking of second lever then stops to pivot.

11.5.6.1. the chopping of paragraph 11.5.6 saw, at this, reaction system further comprises a spring that connects second lever and a predetermined point.

11.5.7. one is fixed to and pivots certainly the member that the cutter shaft unit extends, and this member moves with pivot cutter shaft unit;

A connecting rod that is attached to this member one end, at this, this connecting rod moves with member;

And a braking mechanism that is suitable for stopping link motion, at this, connecting rod then stop the to pivot motion of cutter shaft unit.

11.5.7.1. the chopping of paragraph 11.5.7 saw, at this, reaction system further comprises a spring that connects a lever and a predetermined point.

11.5.8. the chopping of paragraph 11.5 saw, at this, reaction system comprises:

A pillar that is fixed on the pivot cutter shaft unit and is suitable for moving with pivot cutter shaft unit;

A connecting rod relevant with pillar;

A cartridge that is fixed on the pillar and is suitable for when pillar moves, on connecting rod, sliding;

And a braking mechanism that is suitable for stopping the cartridge motion, at this, cartridge then stops the motion of pillar and pivot cutter shaft unit.

11.5.8.1. the chopping of paragraph 11.5.8 saw, at this, reaction system further comprises a spring that connects a connecting rod and a predetermined point.

11.5.9. the chopping of paragraph 11.5 saw, at this, reaction system comprises a braking mechanism and the connecting rod between a pivot cutter shaft unit and a fixing point, at this, connecting rod comprises the part that at least one moves when pivot cutter shaft unit rotational, and, the motion that braking mechanism is used to limiting rod is with the motion of the cutter shaft unit that stops to pivot, at this, the motion that braking mechanism is used to limiting rod is with the motion of the cutter shaft unit that stops to pivot, at this, braking mechanism comprises a brake pawl, and braking mechanism comprises that one is used for the brake pawl is remained on a non-braking position up to the electromagnet that detects dangerous situation.

11.5.9.1. the chopping of paragraph 11.5.9 saw comprises that further one is designed to make it to enter the member that contacts and then brake is arranged on non-normal danger with electromagnet with engagement of brake pawl and travelling brake pawl. Chapters and sections 12: make cutting element invalid

In above-mentioned a lot of devices, 24 designs of reaction subsystem stop and/or the saw blade that bounces back.Yet the alternative device of reaction system 24 can be designed to prevent injury to the user in other mode.For example, Figure 141 shows the device of the reaction system of a dangerous partial invalidity that is suitable for making a cutting instrument.In the device of Figure 141, cutting element is a cylindrical cutting knife head normally.This cutting knife head has one or more long and narrow saw blades that are fixed on the anti-surface of cutter head.Such cutting knife is used on the seam planing tool, similarly is seam planing tool 1200 and planer.In operating process, cutter head is around its cylindrical center's rotation.When working laterally by cutter head, saw blade cuts out wide one otch on the neighbouring surface of workpiece.As the machine of above-mentioned use saw blade,, be designed to prevent or this injury is minimized in the reaction subsystem of Figure 141 24 places demonstration if saw blade also can cause serious injury with user's Body contact when using the machine of cylindrical cutter head.As clarification, a lot of elements of security system 18 do not show in Figure 141, and this is because they are similar with the element in other above-mentioned cutting machines.

Seam saw 1200 comprises a normally cylindrical cutting knife head 1202 that is fixed to cutter shaft 1204 and rotates around it.This cutter shaft is fixed on usually and (does not demonstrate) in one or more bearing assemblies and driven rotatably by a motor sub-assembly.This motor sub-assembly or directly or by belt-type pulley system ground be connected with cutter shaft.This cutting knife head is fixed in the main frame structure 1206, and extends upward in the space between loading bay 1208 and the discharge pedestal 1210.Workpiece slides through this cutter head and enters discharge pedestal 1210 and be cut by having along loading bay 1208.Usually, the upright position of loading bay 1208 and discharge pedestal 1210 can be adjusted independently, so that the control otch enters the degree of depth of workpiece the inside and aligns with cutting knife head upper surface.

Cutter head is normally by similarly being that metal material such as steel is made, and generally comprises three cutter leaves 1212 that are fixed on the cutter head surface and extend beyond the cutter head surface.Should be understood that: also can use more or less the cutter leaf and the use of security system of the present invention 18 to be not limited to cutter number of sheets order on the cutter head 1201.The lining 1214 that one or more non-conducting materials are made is placed between cutter head and the cutter shaft so that with cutter head and cutter leaf and framework 1206 insulation.Charging panel 46 and 46 can be placed on the position of contiguous this cutter head, to connect the signal that is produced by the detection subsystem of crossing over cutter head.In Figure 141, charging panel (being illustrated by the broken lines) is installed near on the flat end of cutter head.Other method is, this cutter shaft can with frame insulation and charging panel can be placed on cutter shaft around, as described in the top chapters and sections 2.

Because less relatively cutter leaf is above user's health contacts one that may occur in these cutter leaves with the first time of cutter head or on the surface of cutter head self.Yet cutter leaf and cutter head are electrically connected, no matter so that any whether occurring on the cutter leaf with contacting of user's health all is detected.In case contact is detected, reaction system is activated with the rotation that stops cutter head 1202 rapidly and/or the cutter leaf was lost efficacy.

In the device that Figure 141 describes, security system 18 comprises that a design covers the reaction system 24 of cutter leaf to prevent that them from damaging the user.Especially, the reaction system among Figure 141 comprises the thin plate 1120 of a softness.Similarly be plastics, rubber, metal forming, wire netting, braids etc. are used for covering the cutter leaf.The material that one special hope is used is the thick stainless sheet steel of 0.005--0.050 inch.Thin plate 1220 comprises and is placed the hook 1222 to mesh any one cutter leaf at one end.This hook preferably strike up partnership with thin plate and the form that forms a short flap to catch the cutter leaf.Other method is that this hook can be separated and combine with thin plate.When cutter head 1202 was lived in hook 1222 pushing and pressing, the next cutter leaf that passes through was caught this hook, was wound in the cutter head rotation around the cutter head to cause thin plate 1220.Like this, the cutter leaf has just been covered by thin plate 1220, so that the protection user avoids grievous injury.Usually, the outer surface of hook 1222 is rounded or do not have the inclined-plane, when hook is pulled around cutter head the user damaged preventing.

Thin plate preferably stretched the width of whole cutter head and preferably be longer than the cutter head girth 2/3 to allow it to cover all three cutter leaves simultaneously.Be that this thin plate should be also longer to twine cutter head more than a week than the girth of cutter head better.This thin plate inwardly is shaped as usually and curls.Should curl and reduce the trend of this thin plate bullet from cutter head.The free end of this thin plate is stored in above the reel 1124.This reel can comprise a torque spring or other equipment limiting all numbers that this reel can rotate, and then cutter head pulled to stops.Other method is that an end opposite with hook of light sheet material 1220 can be by firmly solid so that cutter head stops cutter head after finishing a whole circle rotation.In addition or can for ground, the motor sub-assembly that can close this seam planing tool is to stop the rotation of cutter head.

This hook is by on anterior or other high-speed starting assembly that is fixed to drive plate 1226 and be moved into cutter head and contact.This hook can or adhere on the thin plate by a melt, fixes with soft rivet, or provide some holes so that the thrust on the thin plate can be pushed over from the hole.This adherence method necessity is fixed hook when normal the use securely, and when it is caught by the cutter leaf, allows it and thin plate to separate.Preferably thereby ankus is equally wide to provide enough robustnesses to guarantee that whole hook meshes the cutter leaf simultaneously for this drive plate.

Figure 142--144 show an alternative saw blade covering system that is used for using the machine of saw blade.Reaction system among Figure 142 comprises the belt 1230 that is made of flexible material.This belt is used to twine the sawtooth of saw blade 40.Belt 1230 comprises one at the acrogenous annulus of neck.This annulus is hooked on a pair of torque spring 1234 and by a guide structure (not demonstrating) that is fixed on the saw frame frame and is fixed on the position of holding up, just as if described in above-mentioned chapters and sections 4406 like that.When spring was released, they drew in annulus 1232 downwards in the teeth groove 1236 of a saw blade 40.This teeth groove catch annulus leading edge and with annulus from spring pull down and image pattern 142 shown like that belt being dragged forward of dotted line.The width of this annulus forms a vibration-proof structure to absorb the part impact that teeth groove catches annulus to be caused.Also may provide a compressible material to reduce the impact absorbing system of impact load with effect at the leading end of this annulus.

Shown in Figure 143, the afterbody of this belt is shaped to the folding sawtooth that encases saw blade.The afterbody of belt is existed on the reel 1238.This C-type band flattens when it is wrapped on the reel.This belt is preferably made by the spring flexible material.It gets back to not offset C-type state when bending cooperates the saw blade girth., similarly be to make by the flexible stainless steel of 0.005 to 0.050 inch thick spring.

The leading end of this belt preferably is positioned in as far as possible on the position of exposing from the casing of guardrail or saw near saw blade.This comprise this belt will arrive as quickly as possible the user the position so that the injury minimize.The motor of this saw will preferably be broken away from when reaction system is activated as early as possible.In addition, Figure 142--reaction system in 144 is preferably also with similarly being that the brakes described in the chapters and sections 11 is used in the above, or with picture in the above the retraction system described in the chapters and sections 3 use so that injury is minimized.

Figure 145 shows another alternative reaction system.In this system, cutting knife is blocked when starting reaction system.Particularly, pawl 1240 is pushed into when reaction system starts and the contacting of saw blade sawtooth.This pawl is preferably made by the plastic material that similarly is Merlon.This material forms crooked 1242 in the teeth groove 1236 of between cog by saw cut the time.This bending stops that the sharp edges of sawtooth switches to the user to prevent sawtooth.This pawl also can be made by the material softer than Merlon, similarly is that supra polymer reunion ethene (OHMWPE) is to reduce the trigger action on saw blade when being bent to form.This saw blade preferably should have the teeth groove that is shaped as the tooth limit with opposing parallel, so that the crooked trend of coming that slips out minimizes.Similarly be the same with above-mentioned band saw, pawl preferably be placed in as close as possible saw blade from place that guardrail or casing are emerged to reduce the non-sawtooth number that is blocked that is exposed to before the user to greatest extent.Certainly, through suitable modification, same principle can be applied on other cutting element, similarly is a seam planing tool, or forming machine.

Figure 146 shows another replacement device of reaction system.In this device, the sawtooth on cutting knife is broken into pieces or has been moved.One pawl 1244 is provided to optionally mesh the sawtooth of saw blade 40.This pawl is to be made the time to remove in contact or to smash carbonization insert 1246 on the sawtooth by a kind of sufficiently rigid material.Suitable material comprises carbide and hardened steel.This pawl is started by top the brake mechanism of having described of pawl 60 of being used to.When being activated, such path that moves into saw blade sawtooth that this pawl image pattern 146 is shown.This pawl moves into and contacts with a supporting structure 1248.This supporting structure be suitable for and be positioned with support pawl bump sawtooth.Supporting structure can be any suitable form this comprise a pin, pillar, support etc., under any circumstance, this carbonization insert is crashed by the impact from the bump pawl.This reaction system preferably uses with translation brakes or retraction system, and is mainly used in the gap that produces sufficient user and saw blade and operates more the time to give translation or retraction system.

Figure 147 and 148 shows another device of a reaction system.A cutting instrument is wound up by a covering in this device.Forming machine with working face 1264 guardrails 1264 and cutter head 1266 is presented at 1260 places.One workpiece slips over cutting element at working face upper edge guardrail.This cutting element is shaped to it when workpiece moves past.Security system on the forming machine 1260 comprise a pair of vertical separately and around the long handle of pin 1270 rotations by 1268.Long handle 1268 is by 1266 biasings of spring 66 traditional method of indicating the pronunciation of a Chinese character cutter heads.This is described as getting in touch other device in the above.One fusible member 70 restriction long handles 1268 rotate to crop.This security system also comprises a cover 1272.This cover is the form and image pattern 148 shown like that just being fixed between two long handles of sheet material.This cover is fixed on two sacks 1274 and 1276 of being made by material.This long handle slips in the sack the zone between two long handles so that cover jumps more.This sack is on the end of the contiguous long handle of cover, and stretch on following both sides.This cover leaves and is wrapped on the reel 1278 from the long handle extension.When system detects when contacting with the accident of cutter head 1266, other device is described as getting in touch in the above, and fusible member 70 is melted and long handle 1268 is released and owing to the reason of spring 66 is rotated to the cutter head direction.When long handle 1268 when cutter head moves, cover contact cutter head and cutter head catch or nip cover and cover is pulled away from long handle 1268 and axostylus axostyle 1278 is till cover enwinds cutter head.This cover can be any enough solid material can absorb unexpected accelerated motion when running into cutter head, and this cover also must be sufficiently pliable and tough to catch cutter head and to twine thereon.Possible material comprises the Kevlar fabric, stainless steel cloth, natural or synthetic textiles etc.This cover can use motion with the cutter head that more promptly slows down with an inner brake, and the power that perhaps leads to motor can be broken away to prevent cutter head.

Above-mentioned various being used for covers, stop or the invalid various devices that make cutting element are particularly suitable for using on lighter relatively machine, similarly be portability annular saw and mitre saw or similarly be the seam planing tool that forming machine and planer etc. has on the machine of heavier cutting element.

This is used to make the system of the invalid and safeguard protection of cutting element, and method and machine can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are used for illustrating rather than limit by any way the statement of this announcement formula.The scope that need not depart from this announcement, following explanation can be changed and revise.

12.1. a machine comprises

A cutting element;

A motor that is suitable for driving this cutting element;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying dangerous situation;

And reaction system that is suitable for the dangerous situation that arrives in echo probe up to small part shielding cutting element.

12.1.1. the chopping of paragraph 12.1 saw, at this, cutting element is circular and prolongs the round girth cutting edge that distributing that reaction system comprises that one is used for twining the band of cutting element periphery.

12.2. a machine comprises:

Cutting element with one or more cutting edges;

A motor that is suitable for driving this cutting element;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying dangerous situation;

And reaction system that is suitable for when detection system detects dangerous situation, stopping cutting edge.

12.2.1. the machine of paragraph 12.2, at this, reaction system separates cutting edge with cutting element.

12.3. a machine comprises:

Cutting element with one or more cutting edges;

A motor that is suitable for driving this cutting element;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation relevant with cutting edge;

And reaction system that is suitable for when the dangerous situation that echo probe is arrived, stoping cutting edge. Chapters and sections 13: table saw

Be appreciated that security system 18 can various methods be designed use on the table saw.Figure 149 shows that a class often is known as the table saw 1400 of contractor's saw.It comprises the desktop that a saw blade stretches under 1402 from its.This desktop and saw blade are being supported by a casing 1403 and table pin 1403.Casing 1403 holds support, location and the frame for movement that drives saw blade.One motor that drives saw blade can be positioned in the inside or the outside of casing.One switch, 1405 switch electric saws cause saw blade 1402 rotating handleses, similarly are handle 1406, are used to adjust the position of saw blade with respect to desktop, for example, saw blade stretch out desktop how far or saw blade how to tilt with respect to desk top.Certainly, table saw has a lot of different designs, from the large-scale junior saw that can be placed on workbench or the frame platform that cuts of industrial use, with and have a table saw of all kinds desktop and casing.Most importantly, table saw is one to have the saw of the cutting saw blade that smooth working space or " desktop " and protrude upward by desktop.The user is placed on workpiece on the desktop and with it and slips over saw blade with cut workpiece.

Figure 150 and 151 shows a kind of side view of internal mechanism of a kind of the saw that is designed to have above-mentioned security system.Figure 152 shows the bottom view of same saw, and Figure 153 shows a perspective view.In saw, saw blade 1402 is fixed on the cutter shaft 1407 by a nut (not demonstrating).This cutter shaft is along the direction rotating saw blade of arrow 1409.Desktop 1401 (not showing in Figure 151) defines the working face that table is sawed, and adjacent with saw blade.Saw blade extends to more than the desktop.

One cutter shaft unit 1410 supports cutter shaft 1407 and cutter shaft is remained in the bearing to allow the cutter shaft rotation.This cutter shaft link to each other with a motor (not demonstrating).Similarly be that this is known in present technique by a driving-belt on the slide-bar that is enclosed within cutter shaft pulley and motor drive shaft.This motor can be fixed on the motor flat board 1411 shown in Figure 150.

Cutter shaft unit 1410 also is fixed on the pin 1412 and can rotates around this pin.Pin 1412 then is fixed on the supporting member 1413.The table that this supporting member has been formed at least a portion with another supporting member 1414 is sawed support frame.This support frame is connected to casing, the table pin, and/or on the table body.

Saw blade 1402 is designed to rotate up and down so that the user can navigate to saw blade on the position that is higher than desktop by necessity.This saw blade rotates around pin 1412.The axostylus axostyle 1415 that the user can rely on worm gear 1416 of rotation to fix on it rotates saw blade to adjust its position.This worm gear is fixed on the axostylus axostyle so that rotate with axostylus axostyle, but as with what will illustrate below, where necessary, it also can slide on axostylus axostyle.Worm gear 1416 is installed on the axostylus axostyle 1415 as an axle sleeve, and axostylus axostyle stretches by a vertical aperture on the worm gear.This worm gear is fixed by a spring clip 1417 during the normal running of saw, this spring clip be positioned in groove on the worm gear or the passage and with axostylus axostyle 1415 on pin or engagement so that worm gear is fixed.This worm gear be connected to or tooth bar of cutter shaft unit 1410 parts or the engagement of tooth fan.Like this, when user's rotating shaft rod 1415, similarly be by rotating as the handle among Figure 149 1406 one attached to handle on the axostylus axostyle or knob, worm gear 1416 depends on that the direction that worm gear is rotated moves up and down tooth bar 1418 and saw blade.

Most of saws also are designed to allow saw blade 1402 to be tilted from a side direction opposite side with respect to desktop 1401.This is to be similar to axostylus axostyle 1415 by one, and the system of worm gear 1416 and tooth bar 1418 finishes, but this system is transferred on the direction perpendicular to saw card plane usually.Supporting member 1413 and 1414 can be used as the part of this system, and for example, supporting member 1414 can be made up of tooth fan or the tooth bar of a similar tooth bar 1418.This is made member and comprises camber line protrusion 1440.This protrusion and camber line groove fit or go up to slide to allow this supporting member rotation fixed mount unit (not demonstrating).This fixed cell is fixed on the desktop of table saw.

One brake cartridge 1419 is fixed on the place (this cartridge is an opening, and a lid is arranged) that the table saw is gone up contiguous saw blade 1402 in Figure 153 in Figure 150 and 152.This cartridge can design be imaged on described in above-mentioned chapters and sections 7 and 8 like that.This pawl by one in the above the relieving mechanism 1422 described in the chapters and sections 4 be pulled away from saw blade 1402.Similarly be explain in detail in above-mentioned chapters and sections 6 such, this cartridge is designed to when receiving detectable signal, and relieving mechanism discharges into saw blade with pawl.This causes detectable signal that pawl discharges and the system that produces this signal in above-mentioned chapters and sections 1 and 2 more detailed description to be arranged.Form at least a portion and be used to survey the user and contact, and then send signal and be closed in the casing 1423 that is fixed on the cutter shaft unit 1410 with the brake electronic equipment of pawl of release with saw blade.This casing should be closed to prevent that sawdust and other particle from entering casing and damaging the electronic equipment that is contained in the there potentially.

When pawl was released, this pawl clashed into the sawtooth of saw blade rapidly.This sawtooth is stung into pawl, stops saw blade.Above-mentioned saw can stop saw blade in 2 to 10 milliseconds, thereby alleviates the degree that contacts the injury that is caused with saw blade by unexpected.

Brake cartridge 1419 is stood the position on the pivotal axis of saw blade, so that pawl 1420 can move around pin 1417.Like this, when pawl 1420 bump saw blades, the angular momentum of this saw blade is passed on the cutter shaft, and saw blade, cutter shaft, shelf and cartridge trend towards bouncing back or are mobile along being directed downwards of arrow 1424.Put in place if worm gear is fixed, moving downward of saw blade can be taken off sawtooth on shelf and/or worm gear, and can prevent moving down of saw blade if desired.In Figure 150 and 151 shown concrete devices, this worm gear is suitable for separating fast when saw blade bump pawl and moving on on the axostylus axostyle 1415.

When saw blade bump pawl, impact forces causes spring clip 1417 to unclamp fast, with allow worm gear along axostylus axostyle towards shaft rod end 1425 to lower slider.This spring clip unclamps fast, and this is that shelf is pushed down, and this shelf contacts with worm gear and force worm gear to move because when saw blade just stops.The active force that this shelf is supporting worm gear causes this Spring Card to unclamp fast.This worm screw then moves into the receiver 1426 that forms around axle end.By lifting cutter shaft upwards pivoting quilt to be put back to original position saw blade, this causes shelf to move up to this worm gear and worm gear slides back up to spring clip along axostylus axostyle 1415 and enters position on the axostylus axostyle fast by simply.

Figure 150 and 151 shown table saws also comprise a support 1427.This support is designed to have a base or zone 1428, one impact absorbing materials 1429 (be presented in Figure 150 and 151, but not in Figure 153) are placed in this base.This support by upright position in the bottom of cutter shaft and cutter shaft unit so that when saw blade bounces back, this cutter shaft unit impact absorbing material 1429.Support 1427 stops as one with impact absorbing material 1429 and stops to move downward of saw blade.The localization method of this support makes saw blade 1402 sufficient distance that can bounce back.This impact absorbing material can be one of a lot of damping materials, similarly is rubber, foamed plastics, plastics etc.A kind of found suitable material can be by part number C-1002-06 from Indianapolis, and the AearoEAR of Indiana obtains.Other method is that impact absorbing material 1429 can be attached at the lower surface of cutter shaft unit rather than on support 1427.In addition, support 1427 can adopt a lot of forms.In fact, the design of axostylus axostyle 1415 and placement make it provide one to stop the plane that saw blade moves downward.

In above-mentioned structure, the angular momentum of saw blade causes saw blade, and shelf and cartridge all move down when pawl bump saw blade.Like this, the angular momentum of saw blade causes retraction, and saw blade 1402 is allowed to move down a sufficient distance so that this saw blade is bounced back fully.The feasible injury that is caused with the saw blade contact by accident of the retraction ability of this saw blade minimizes and works with above-mentioned brake system simultaneously.The retraction ability of this saw blade partly is because saw blade can be described as " back " that can be envisioned as present table saw with respect to the point of rotation of saw blade direction of rotation.This brake cartridge also can be fixed on this " back ", and can be arranged maybe can be fixedly mounted on the shelf of saw to pivot with saw blade as above-mentioned, it just can not rotate and such words with saw blade like this, when pawl engagement saw blade, this saw blade climbs down pawl.Other design that can independently be used or use with concrete device described herein has in the chapters and sections 3 illustrated in the above.

Figure 151 has shown that also the desktop 1401 of extend through saw blade 1402 back is in case the separation equipment 1430 of non-return bullet.One saw blade guardrail also can surround saw blade 1402 fully and prevent to contact with the accident of saw blade.

Those described in the above table saws can comprise that logic controller is to test whether operate as normal of this saw and its security system.For example, this logic controller can confirm the brake pawl near saw blade, and emission system has been ready to when detecting the user and contact with the accident of saw blade pawl is discharged into saw blade.This saw also can comprise various signal, and light etc. are with the characteristic in the state of notifying this saw of user and the operation.Self check, logic control and user interface had explanation in above-mentioned chapters and sections 9 and 10.

Figure 161 shows another security system example in typical case's table saw context.Saw blade 40 is mounted to rotate around cutter shaft 42.This cutter shaft outwards stretches (as what seen) from a swing arm 1432 in Figure 161, this swing arm is rotated with the lifting saw blade around axle 1434.One worm gear 1436 and a camber line support engagement in swing arm are to rotate swing arm around this axle.Security system 18 comprises one by for example being that one or more bolts of this support that extend through are attached on the support in the swing arm 1438.Be placed on the fixed support 1438 is charging panel 44 and 46.This charging panel is placed on the position that is parallel to and separates with saw blade 40 a little to produce capacitive bypass between pole plate.Electric insulation between this support and charging panel be made or be included in to this fixed support can by an electrically insulating material.

Fixed support 1438 extends to the edge of saw blade 40 from the end of swing arm 1432.One pawl 60 is pivoted on the bolt that this support stretches out.The free end of this pawl is compressed spring 66 to the edge of saw blade bias voltage by one.This spring is maintained at the compressive state of 1444 of this pawl and spring units.This spring unit stretches out from support.One fusible member 70 is fixed on a pair of contact bolt 1446.This fusible member links to each other with this pawl and the bias voltage that it is supporting spring is made it to leave the edge of saw blade.

One electronic equipment 1448 comprises that one similarly is described detection subsystem 22 contact detector equally in the above.Shielding line extends to charging panel 44 and 46 respectively from this electronic equipment.Electronic equipment 1448 also comprises a current feedback circuit, similarly is emission subsystem 76 described above.This current feedback circuit with contact bolt 1446 and link to each other.One power line 1450 extends to a suitable power source (not demonstrating) from electronic equipment 1448.When this contact detector detected contacting of user's health and saw blade, this radiating circuit melted fusible member, thereby discharged pawl.This pawl engagement also stops saw blade suddenly.

Should be noted that this pawl and charging panel move therewith by pawl and charging panel are put into attached to the support in the swing arm 1438 when saw blade is adjusted.This has just removed the needs that all will reorientate pawl and/or charging panel when saw blade is moved from.Further, the concrete device of the described security system 18 of Figure 161 is suitable for simple the installation or those present remodeling that also do not have the existing table saw of safety arrestment.Unique requirement to existing table saw remodeling is exactly to beat one or several hole to receive bolt 1440 on the swing arm end.The definite position of support 1438 can by need and be adjusted, for example extend downwards with in the table saw machine shell of packing into specific.

Above-mentioned table saw is designed to absorb the impact of brake pawl braking saw blade.Yet, on some table saws, for example small-sized table saw, if these saws of wishing to make are when the brake pawl stops saw blade, this saw will be damaged, and perhaps be that cutter shaft or other supporting structure have been curved.In fact, this kind saw can be manufactured especially by a part of damaging or damage is sawed and be absorbed the energy that stops saw blade.This saw can be thought droppable, and they only are to be used before stopping saw blade at the unexpected generation pawl that need brake.One throwing type saw possibility cost is more cheap, and the injury to the user that is reduced in contingency will prove that the cost of whole saw is rational.

Equip this exposing system, the table saw of method can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are used for illustrating rather than limit by any way the statement of this announcement formula.The scope that need not depart from this announcement, following explanation can be changed and revise.

13.1. a table saw comprises:

Working face;

One is suitable for by the upwardly extending rotatable saw blade of working face.

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And brake system that is suitable for when detection system detects dangerous situation, stopping the saw blade rotation.

13.1.1. the table of paragraph 13.1 saw, at this, saw blade and electric saw other parts electric insulation, and detection system is suitable for to signal of telecommunication of saw blade electric capacity transmission, and survey the generation of a predetermined variation of this signal.

13.1.2. the table of paragraph 13.1 saw, at this, saw blade is fixed on the cutter shaft, and at this saw blade and electric saw other parts electric insulation, and detection system is suitable for transmitting a signal of telecommunication to saw blade and cutter shaft electric capacity, and surveys the generation of a predetermined variation of this signal.

13.1.3. the table of paragraph 13.1 saw, at this, dangerous situation is meant the contact between people and the saw blade.

13.1.4. the table of paragraph 13.1 saw, at this, dangerous situation is meant approaching between people and the saw blade.

13.1.5. the table of paragraph 13.1 saw, at this, brake system comprises that is suitable for the brake pawl that you mesh saw blade.

13.1.5.1. the table of paragraph 13.1.5 saw, at this, the brake pawl is the part of replaceable cartridge.

13.1.5.2. the table of paragraph 13.1.5 saw, at this, a spring will brake the pawl bias voltage to saw blade.

13.1.5.3. the table of paragraph 13.1.5 saw, at this, a fusible member restriction brake pawl and the engagement of fusible member.

13.1.5.3.1. the table of paragraph 13.5.3 saw, at this, brake system comprises a connecting rod between brake pawl and fusible member.

13.1.6. the table saw of any one paragraph 13.1 further comprises an emission system that triggers brake system when detecting dangerous situation.

13.1.6.1. the table of paragraph 13.1.6 saw, at this, emission system comprises an electric capacity.

13.1.7. the table saw of paragraph 13.1 further comprises a framework that supports saw blade, with respect to framework and by lifting, and brake system is designed to the saw blade lifting at this saw blade.

13.1.8. the table saw of paragraph 13.1 further comprises a framework that supports saw blade, be tilted with respect to framework at this saw blade, and brake system is designed to tilt with saw blade.

13.2. a table saw comprises:

A working face;

One is suitable for by the upwardly extending rotatable saw blade of working face;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And emission system that is suitable for when detection system detects dangerous situation, triggering brake system.

13.2.1. the table of paragraph 13.2 saw, at this, brake system comprises a brake pawl that is biased to saw blade, and emission system comprises a fusible member that limits the brake pawl and make it not contact with saw blade, and this fusible member of emission system fusing is discharged into saw blade with the pawl that will brake.

13.2.2. the table of paragraph 13.2 saw further comprises a test macro that is used to test the emission system operability.

13.2. a security system of table saw, at this, the table saw comprises a rotatable saw blade, and security system comprises:

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And brake system that is suitable for when detection system detects dangerous situation, stopping the saw blade rotation. Chapters and sections 14: mitre saw

Turn to Figure 154 and 155 now.Shown among the figure that one is specifically installed for an example of contextual machine 10 with mitre saw 1510.This mitre saw usually also is called as the chopping saw.It will be appreciated that mitre saw 1510 can be the mitre saw of any style, this comprises a simple mitre saw, the combination mitre saw, and combination mitre saw etc. slides.Usually, mitre saw 1510 comprises a pedestal or a support 1512 that is suitable for keeping being cut workpiece.One swing arm 1514 is pivotally connected on the pedestal 1512 to allow swing arm to rotate towards pedestal.One casing 1516 that is suitable for surrounding at least in part a saw blade 40 is attached in swing arm 1514.One motor sub-assembly 16 links to each other with this casing, and comprises the swivel knife shaft 42 that a saw blade is fixed thereon.Motor sub-assembly 16 comprises a handle with the trigger 1520 that can operate this saw of running.Saw blade 40 is rotated down towards pedestal 1512.One selectable saw blade guardrail (not demonstrating) can expose casing any part in addition to cover saw blade from the extension of the bottom of casing 1516.When using mitre saw 1510, the user is placed on workpiece on the pedestal 1512, under the machine sheet that is lifted, by swing arm 1514 saw blade is upwards driven with cut workpiece then.Should be understood that, discussed here various security system with improvement mitre saw concrete device and comprise various elements, sub-element, characteristic and variation thereof.Any or the multiple element that mitre saw can comprise here being disclosed, sub-element, characteristic and variation, and need not consider specific element, and sub-element, whether characteristic and variation are illustrated together or are shown in the drawings together.

Sawing 1510 upper sensors 44 and 46 surveys part contact with the user and should and saw 1510 other parts electric insulation with ground and be coupled to another pole plate to allow an input signal from a plates capacitance.For example, saw blade 40 can pass through plastics or other non-conductive lining, similarly is shown outside 1570 in Figure 160, with the remainder electric insulation of saw.Other method is that this saw blade and cutter shaft assembly can be by electric insulations.The insulation spacer 1572 that has also shown be used to insulate saw blade 40 and cutter shaft flange 1576 and cutter shaft pad 1578 among Figure 160.This insulation spacer should be enough thick so that only produce insignificant electric capacity between saw blade and ground connection cutter shaft flange and pad.One typical thickness approximately is 1/8 inch, and thin certainly or thicker pad also can be used.In addition, the cutter shaft element of some or all can be made by non-conducting material, similarly is that pottery is to reduce or to remove from demand to lining 1570.

One cutter shaft nut 1580 is fixed on whole saw blade assembly on the cutter shaft 42.Make the torsion that comes from cutter shaft be passed to saw blade by tightening the friction that the cutter shaft nut set up.Though not necessarily, preferably this saw blade can slide on cutter shaft a little to reduce the quality that must be braked and to reduce to damage saw blade, cutter shaft and/or other element in the drive system of saw under by the situation of brake braking suddenly.Other method is that the cutter shaft bolt of a hitch can be used to replace nut 1580.This cutter shaft bolt has the axostylus axostyle of a hitch.This axostylus axostyle screws in cutter shaft 40, and the axostylus axostyle head remains on the saw blade assembly on the cutter shaft.

Further, may wish to make soft material make lining with one.This lining should be enough soft so that when saw blade was stopped suddenly, it can be out of shape.For example, depend on employed brake system type, a sufficient radial impact load can be passed on the cutter shaft when brake is activated, and a deformable lining can be used to the impact of absorption portion and reduce the chance of damaging cutter shaft.In addition, correct brake location can be used to make saw blade to remove from the user when starting brake with the combination of a deformable lining, and this will have further discussion below.

In an alternative concrete device, the part of cutter shaft and/or its supporting frame and ground electric insulation neither insulate saw blade and cutter shaft.A benefit of this device is that then cutter shaft self can be used to Capacitance Coupled input signal between charging panel 44 to 46 if saw blade is electrically connected with cutter shaft.An example of this design had explanation in above-mentioned chapters and sections 2.

In the various designs of above-mentioned security system 18 and any one be provided at mitre saw 1510 of arrangement, in Figure 154 and 155 shown example device, security system 18 is systems of a cartridge type.Except that charging panel 44 and 46, braking mechanism 28 and detection subsystem 22 all are accommodated in the cartridge 80.The example of suitable cartridge 80 has had illustrated in above-mentioned chapters and sections 7 and 8.This cartridge is designed any suitable mechanism 1527 that tightens up of cause, similarly is by one or more bolts 1524, is fixed on the interior front surface of casing 1516.This casing can comprise that a removable panel or door 1526 are to allow near cartridge.Other method is, cartridge 80 can be inserted in the port or opening of this casing, and it is orientable that a pawl 60 is fixed in this cartridge and before saw blade.Utilize the suitable pawl of similar approach and the example of braking mechanism in chapters and sections 4 and 5, to have illustrated.Should be understood that cartridge 80 is not to be necessary here concerning all swinging blade guard assemblies that disclosed, and mitre saw 1510 can be made into need not a cartridge.On the contrary, the braking mechanism of this security system can be installed in any one the suitable operating position with respect to saw blade 40, and need not be placed in the cartridge.

Charging panel 44 and 46 is by on the inwall of one or more fixtures 1528 attached to casing 1516.This fixture can similarly be by bolt 1532, on casing by any suitable mechanism 1522 that tightens up.This fixture and be designed to charging panel location is parallel to, and very near saw blade 40.Shown in Figure 155, the spacing of charging panel and saw blade be preferably less than between charging panel and casing spacing so that any parasitic capacitance that is present between charging panel and casing minimize.Other method is that this casing can be made by a kind of non-conducting material.

Cable 1534 and 1536 is connected to charging panel on the electronic equipment of security system, and this electronic equipment can be installed in other position on cartridge or the mitre saw.The electric power of security system 18 is to be provided by any suitable power supply, similarly is one to extend through the cable that comes by motor sub-assembly 16.Except the engagement that starts pawl and saw blade, the electronic equipment in the cartridge 80 also can be designed to contacting between user's health and saw blade when being detected interruption deliver to the power supply of motor sub-assembly 16.

Saw blade with the speed rotation that per minute kind several thousand is changeed has a sufficient angular motion value.Like this, when one of pawl engagement similarly be the saw blade of in mitre saw, finding and when stopping this saw blade in several milliseconds, this angular momentum must be passed to braking mechanism, and comprises pawl.Because the swing arm of mitre saw is freely rotated in the saw blade direction of rotation, when the angular momentum of this saw blade is stopped suddenly at saw blade, can be passed to swing arm, to cause that swing arm is to lower swing.If the part of user's health is below saw blade, moving downward that this of swing arm is unexpected and strong may damage the user.Therefore, another replacement device of mitre saw 1510 is included in and prevents the way that swing arm moves down when saw blade is stopped.In addition, this pawl normally is fixed on the front of mitre saw so that pawl is when meshing saw blade, and the promotion saw blade is upwards climbed from the user (that is exactly to make the plastic bushing distortion).

It will be appreciated that, prevent much that in addition swing arm is suddenly to the appropriate method of lower swing.For example, the pivot links that is positioned between swing arm and mitre saw pedestal can be that electric lock is fixed.For example utilize an electromagnetism leaf lock, rotate to prevent swing arm.The signal that pins this connecting rod can detection system provide.One has the mitre saw example that can lock swing arm and is presented among Figure 156.In the drawings, an electromagnetism leaf lock briefly is presented at 1537 places.Perhaps, or in addition, a damper can be connected between swing arm and the pedestal to limit the fast degree that this swing arm can be rotated with respect to pedestal.This arrangement also is used to be limited in and detects saw blade and contact a saw blade mobile distance of saw blade in the time between being stopped by pawl with the user.An example mitre saw that is presented among Figure 157 and has a damper 1539 stretches between pedestal and mitre saw swing arm.Though also have a lot of ways that other connects swing arm and pedestal to prevent the unexpected motion of swing arm to pedestal, the great majority of this arrangement are delivered to swing arm/base assembly with angular momentum.The weight and the balance that depend on saw, this angular momentum may be enough to cause toppling over of whole saw.Therefore, wish to use clamp, screw etc. are fixed to pedestal on the stable plane.

Other method is that this mitre saw can be designed to absorb any angular momentum and swing arm is moved down.For example, Figure 154 and 155 shown example device are designed to have a rotation motor assembly so that saw blade upwards moves into casing when meshing with pawl.Motor sub-assembly 16 is by pivoting bolt, or axle 1540 is connected to casing 1516, and allow motor sub-assembly along the saw blade direction of rotation around bolt 1540 rotations.One spring 1542 be compressed between a casing and the fixing point 1544 with motor sub-assembly to saw blade direction of rotation bias voltage.This motor sub-assembly can comprise a lip 1546.This lip slides so that the end of motor sub-assembly facing to pivoting bolt remained on the casing by the flange on this casing 1548.

In the use of saw, spring 1542 remains on motor sub-assembly on the normal position that is in reverse to the saw blade direction of rotation fully.Yet in case this pawl is released with engagement during saw blade, this motor sub-assembly and saw blade upwards rotate the bias voltage with antagonistic spring.In this device, this pawl be positioned in the saw blade front so that pivoting bolt between pawl and cutter shaft.This arrangement makes the shift-in casing that makes progress when saw blade is braked.Selected spring should motor sub-assembly is pressed below, but spring also will have enough compressibilities so that saw blade and motor sub-assembly move up when saw blade is stopped enough effectively with when cutting a workpiece.

Though with mitre saw is that an example device of contextual security system 18 was described, this invention should not be counted as and be limited to any specific device.This is because the design of security system 18 and arrangement change in can and using at mitre saw.For example, the design of pivot motor sub-assembly also can prevent that swing arm from combining to other system that pedestal rotates suddenly with one or more above-mentioned being used for.Further, should be understood that this saw blade and motor sub-assembly can be designed to a kind of to absorb the angular momentum of saw blade at least in part of numerous distinct methods.

Figure 158 shows a replacement device of mitre saw 1510.This mitre saw is designed to be suitable for by absorbing saw blade, and angular momentum and moving apart with user's accident contacts.In this design, mitre saw comprises two swing arms 1550 and 1552.One end 1154 of each swing arm links to each other with base 1512, and another anti-end and casing 1516 of swing arm, saw blade 40, and/or the motor sub-assembly (not shown) links to each other.Swing arm relative position to each other can according to must the swing arm campaign and change.In Figure 158, agricultural 5c arm 1550 is received the place of base 1512 a little less than swing arm 1552.Usually, motor sub-assembly is the end 1556 that is firmly adhered to swing arm 1152, and casing 1516 connects to come to rotate around swing arm 1550 ends 1556.The end 1556 of swing arm 1552 only links to each other with casing.The motion and the triggering of the motor sub-assembly that can find copied in this arrangement in a lot of traditional mitre saws.Other method is, motor sub-assembly can be connected with along with casing around 1556 rotations of the end of swing arm 1550.

The geometric layout that designs shown in Figure 158 causes that casing and/or motor sub-assembly together rotate when swing arm is reversed.Significantly, when swing arm moved up, casing and/or motor sub-assembly were along doing the rotation of relative direction with saw blade in the direction of rotation in when cutting.As a result, when being passed to casing and/or motor sub-assembly when pawl engagement saw blade and with the saw blade angular momentum, this casing and/or motor sub-assembly trend towards along the identical direction rotation of saw blade.This makes swing arm upwards reverse, and the towing saw blade leaves workpiece and user's health.Therefore, the mitre saw design shown in Figure 158 is suitable for absorbing the angular momentum of saw blade, and converts angular momentum to act in the swing arm a active force that makes progress.

The specification that is presented among Figure 158 and has been illustrated in the above a further alternative device with mitre saw of security system 18.Particularly, this security system can be designed to except, or be not to stop outside the saw blade when detecting, promptly the saw blade of cutting tool being removed from the user with the contacting of user's health.This replacement device can realize with the content of any cutting element described herein.For example, table saw with security system 18 can comprise that one is suitable for the agricultural 5c arm that pivots downwards, and this swing arm similarly is the contacting of user and saw blade when saw blade rotates when detecting danger or triggering situation, saw blade is moved to the bottom of the upper surface of saw downwards.One spring (not demonstrating) can be connected in the swing arm to increase the speed that swing arm falls.Should be understood that similarly device can design with the content of any saw as described herein.Under the situation of mitre saw, an electromagnetism leaf lock can be used to stop the motion of swing arm when touching a user.In addition, restriction system can be used to discharge a spring upwards to promote swing arm when saw blade contacts with the user.This situation has been arranged, may there is no need to avoid injury by stopping saw blade suddenly.

Figure 159 has shown arbitrary example of a mitre saw 1510.As shown in the figure, saw 1510 has shown that another is activated and pawl 60 when meshing saw blades 40 when security system 18, stops the mechanism that swing arm 1514 moves downward suddenly.Swing arm 1154 comprises a cam portion 1560 with cam face 15622.Cam portion 1560 can be integrated with swing arm and casing 1516.One braking pawl 1564 is fixed on the plumb post 1566 of contiguous cam face 1562, and a starter 1568 is positioned and is adjacent to pawl 1564.This starter 1568 operationally links to each other with detection system when being released with convenient pawl 60 with the control relevant with brake pawl 60 and cartridge 80, and starter 1568 meshes pawls 1564.During normal running, starter 1568 keeps the released state of pawl and cam face.Yet in case saw blade is detected with contacting of user, detection system is sent an enabling signal to starter 1568, and this signal can be identical or different with the signal that triggers release brake pawl 60.Under any circumstance, when receiving enabling signal, this starter drives pawl 1564, causes that its pivot enters cam face 1562 to prevent the further rotation of swing arm.The such material of one deck be made or be covered to pawl 1564 can by the high friction material that similarly is rubber, and/or be designed to have profile of tooth etc. to strengthen its braking maneuver.Cam portion 1560 can be modified to and can stretch out as far as possible from its pivotal point so that the downward motion of arm of helping stop swinging of a strong as far as possible arm of force to be provided.

Security system 22 can also lean against when detecting danger or triggering situation, and the method for twining saw blade with a protective surface protects the user to avoid being injured.Perhaps, or in addition, system 22 can protect the user by the carpenter's square of making a mess of saw blade.The example of these devices of security system 22 has had illustrated in above-mentioned chapters and sections 12.

Equip this exposing system, the mitre saw of method can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are used for illustrating rather than limit by any way the statement of this announcement formula.The scope that need not depart from this announcement, following explanation can be changed and revise.

14.1. a mitre saw comprises:

A pedestal;

One by the saw blade of base supports;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

Take place when detecting dangerous situation, to cause preconcerted operations with a reaction system relevant with detection system;

14.1.1. the mitre saw of paragraph 14.1, at this, reaction system comprises the brake system of a braking saw blade.

14.1.2. the mitre saw of paragraph 14.1, at this, reaction system comprises the mechanism of a retraction saw blade.

14.1.3. the mitre saw of paragraph 14.1, at this, reaction system comprises that one covers the mechanism of saw blade.

14.2. a mitre saw comprises:

A pedestal;

One by base supports and be suitable for pivoting to the workpiece that is cut swing arm;

One is fixed when workpiece rotates with the saw blade of swing arm campaign with contact workpiece when swing arm;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And the reaction system that interrupts saw blade and swing arm campaign during a dangerous situation that is suitable between detection system finder and saw blade. Chapters and sections 15: annular saw

Figure 162 nationality is by holding the device for carrying out said that annular saw 1500 shows security system 18 on the other hand.Usually, annular saw 1500 comprises that is held a motor sub-assembly (not demonstrating), a guided plate 1504, and one can bounce back saw blade guardrail 1506 casing 1502.Saw blade 40 is connected on the motor sub-assembly by cutter shaft 42.Security system 18 can be implemented on the saw 1500 according to above-mentioned any device and design.In the example device that Figure 162 shows, this security system is shown as one based on the system on the cartridge.Cartridge 1508 comprises a pawl 60, and is attached on the casing 1502 so that this pawl can mesh with saw blade.Charging panel (not demonstrating) can be fixed on the casing inner surface of contiguous saw blade or anyly be suitable for striding across saw blade Capacitance Coupled input signal and survey on the position contacting.This cartridge demonstrates on the position that is fixed on contiguous saw blade front portion to avoid and saw blade guardrail 1506 mutual interference mutually with pawl.Other method is that this pawl and cartridge can be fixed on any position of contiguous saw blade.

From the above mentioned, security system 18 can and stop saw blade and is implemented on the annular saw with a brake pawl engagement.Perhaps, or in addition, security system 18 can be designed to take other action to prevent the grievous injury to the user.As an example, security system 18 can comprise a quick action starter, similarly is a spring, is used for guided plate 1504 is pushed away downwards rapidly.By saw blade is recovered on the guided plate.This is used for user's hand or health are pushed away saw blade.

Equip this exposing system, the annular saw of method can be illustrated in the numbering paragraph of following declaration.These paragraphs are used for illustrating rather than limit by any way the statement of this announcement formula.The scope that need not depart from this announcement, following explanation can be changed and revise.

15.1. an annular saw comprises:

A saw blade that is supported by a shell;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

Take place when detecting dangerous situation, to cause preconcerted operations with a reaction system relevant with detection system;

15.1.1. the annular saw of paragraph 15.1, at this, reaction system comprises the brake system of a braking saw blade.

15.1.2. the annular saw of paragraph 15.1, at this, reaction system comprises the mechanism of a retraction saw blade.

15.1.3. the annular saw of paragraph 15.1, at this, reaction system comprises a mechanism that covers saw blade.

                     Industrial application

The present invention is applied to power-equipment, and to be applied to especially similarly be table saw, mitre saw, chopping Saw, band saw, annular saw, the woodenware process equipment of seam planing tool etc.

The announcement that proposes above be sure oing comprises a plurality of difference inventions with independent usability. Although In these inventions each is revealed with its best form, disclose thus and Should not be considered with the idea of a restriction at this shown specific concrete device, this is because can So that numerous variations to be arranged. Main body of the present invention comprises the various elements that all disclose here, performance, Function, and/or up-to-date and and non-obvious combination and the branch combination of characteristic. Neither one The single performance of the concrete device that discloses, function, element or characteristic to institute to some extent announcement invention all Necessary.

Claims (214)

1. carpenter's machine comprises:

An electrical conduction cutting tool;

One in order to survey the detection system of the contact between user and the cutting tool; And, the engagement and stop cutting tool when detection system detects contact between user and the cutting tool of a brake system, this brake system.

2. according to the described machine of claim 1, further comprise a support cutting tool and with the framework of cutting tool electric insulation.

3. according to claim 1 or 2 described machines, wherein, cutting tool comprises a saw blade.

4. according to claim 1 or 2 described machines, wherein, detection system capacitively gives cutting tool a signal of telecommunication, and surveys the variation whether this signal is scheduled to.

5. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, brake system comprises that one is biased into engagement at least a portion cutting tool to stop the brake pawl of cutting tool.

6. according to the described machine of claim 5, wherein, brake system comprises that a design makes the brake pawl move into the spring of cutting tool.

7. according to the described machine of claim 5, wherein, brake system comprises a relieving mechanism, and this relieving mechanism optionally limits the brake pawl and meshed cutting tool before detection system is found the user and cutting tool is contacted.

8. according to the described machine of claim 7, wherein, relieving mechanism comprise one detecting contact is the fuse that melts between user and the cutting tool.

9. according to the described machine of claim 5-8, wherein, minimum a part of brake system is accommodated in the removable cartridge.

10. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, in the time of brake system engagement cutting tool, brake system is used to make cutting tool to withdraw from from the user.

11. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, detection system and cutting tool Capacitance Coupled.

12. according to the described machine of claim 11, wherein, the electric capacity between detection system and the cutting tool connects and comprises a drive electrode and a sensing electrode.

13. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, detection system is used for surveying the contact between user and the cutting tool in the scope of 100 microseconds that cutting tool contacts with the user.

14. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, brake system is used for stopping cutting tool in 10 milliseconds of scopes that cutting tool contacts with the user.

15. according to the described machine of claim 14, wherein, brake system is used for stopping cutting tool in 5 milliseconds of scopes that cutting tool contacts with the user.

16. according to the described machine of claim 5, wherein, when brake pawl and cutting tool engagement, this brake pawl is from locking on the cutting tool.

17. according to claim 5 or 16 described machines, wherein, minimum part brake pawl is made by thermoplastic.

18. according to claim 5 or 16 described machines, wherein, minimum part brake pawl is made by aluminum.

19. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, brake system comprises that at least two brake pawls are to be used to mesh cutting tool.

20., further comprise a control system, and the activation of control brake system with the supervision detection system according to the described machine of claim 1.

21. according to the described machine of claim 20, further comprise the motor of a driving cutting tool, and wherein, the operation of control system control motor.

22. according to the described machine of claim 20, wherein, control system is used to check to the small part brake system can be moved to the small part brake system confirming.

23. according to the described machine of claim 21, wherein, control system is used for checking at least that partly brake system can move to the small part brake system confirming before activating motor.

24. according to the described machine of claim 22, wherein, brake system comprises a capacitor, and test comprises the voltage of checking on the capacitor.

25. according to the described machine of claim 22, wherein, brake system comprises a capacitor, and test comprises the electric capacity of checking on the capacitor.

26. according to the described machine of claim 21, wherein, when the contact between user and the cutting tool was detected, control system was used to close motor.

27. according to the described machine of claim 20, wherein, only when cutting tool moved, control system just triggered brake system.

28. according to the described machine of claim 2, wherein, cutting tool is installed on the axostylus axostyle of rotation, detection system and axostylus axostyle Capacitance Coupled, and, axostylus axostyle and framework electric insulation, but and cutting tool electric coupling.

29. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, machine is a table saw.

30. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, machine is a mitre saw.

31. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, machine is a round arm saw.

32. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, machine is an annular saw.

33. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, machine is a seam planing tool.

34. according to the described machine of claim 1, wherein, machine is a band saw.

35. according to the described machine of claim 1, further comprise a motion detection system, wherein, this motion detection system makes brake system lose ability when cutting tool does not move.

36. according to the described machine of claim 1, further comprise the framework of a support cutting tool, wherein, the cutting tool quilt is with respect to the framework lifting, and brake system is designed to the cutting tool lifting.

37. according to the described machine of claim 1, further comprise the framework of a support cutting tool, wherein, cutting tool is tilted with respect to framework, and brake system is designed to tilt with cutting tool.

38. carpenter's machine comprises:

The cutting tool of a conduction;

A contact detection system that is used to survey between people and the cutting tool, wherein, detection system is used for capacitive character and gives cutting tool a signal of telecommunication, and surveys the variation whether this signal is scheduled on cutting tool.

And a reaction system relevant with detection system and cutting tool, here, reaction system is used for causing preconcerted operations with respect to cutting tool when detection system detects contact between people and the cutting tool.

39. according to the described machine of claim 38, wherein, reaction system comprises a brake that is used to mesh and stop cutting tool.

40. according to the described machine of claim 38, wherein, reaction comprises the retraction system of a withdrawal cutting tool.

41. according to the described machine of claim 38, wherein, reaction system covers cutting tool.

42. according to the described machine of claim 38, wherein, reaction system stops the translational motion of cutting tool.

43. the security system of a machine, this security system comprises:

The detection system of the contact between part that is used to survey people and machine works, wherein, detection system is used for capacitively giving working portion a signal of telecommunication, and surveys when electric charge descends; And, a reaction system relevant with detection system.This reaction system causes the generation with respect to a predetermined action of working portion when detection system detects contact between people and the working portion.

44. one is used to handle workpiece and comprises that the machine that contacts detection system comprises:

A conduction sensor that is arranged in machine potential danger position, wherein sensor can contact with workpiece or user;

One contacts detection system to receive signal therefrom with sensor couples together, wherein, the contact detection system be designed to according to the rate of change of signal when the contact distinguish contacting of sensor and workpiece and with the contacting of user.

45. carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting tool that is used for cut workpiece;

One be used to provide have first amplitude and period the signal of telecommunication activating system, the coupling of this signal of telecommunication and cutting tool is to bring out the corresponding signal of telecommunication of second amplitude on cutting tool;

And sensing contact system that is used to respond to the signal of telecommunication that brings out on the cutting tool, here, the sensing contact system surveys contact between user and the cutting tool according to being detected the variation of the signal of telecommunication during surveying, here, during the detection between 5 to 150 microseconds, and minimum be the twice in signal of telecommunication cycle.

46. according to the described machine of claim 45, wherein, activating system is adjusted first amplitude according to the characteristic of the signal of telecommunication that is detected.

47. according to the described machine of claim 46, wherein, activating system is to be used to adjust first amplitude to keep the second predetermined amplitude.

48. according to the described machine of claim 46, wherein, the regulation of first amplitude is less than every millisecond 10%.

49. carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting tool that is used for cut workpiece:

Activating system with the electricity output that is used to bring out the first amplitude signal of telecommunication is arranged on cutting tool, wherein, as long as in the scope of the electric loading on the cutting tool in certain boundary line, activating system just can be used to adjust the amplitude of electricity output to keep first enough fixing amplitude.

50. according to the described workpiece system of claim 49, wherein, this boundary line comprises the rate of change of the maximum of electric loading.

51. a contact detection system comprises:

A sensor;

One is used to produce the activating system that drives signal, wherein, drives signal and links to each other with sensor to bring out corresponding induced signal on sensor, and here, the ratio of drive signal amplitude and induced signal amplitude changes according to the distance of object apart from sensor;

And a control system that is used to adjust drive signal amplitude is to keep the fixing amplitude of a substance when the sensor at various objects.

52. carpenter's machine comprises:

A conduction cutting tool;

An activating system that is used on cutting tool, bringing out the signal of telecommunication;

First Capacitance Coupled that is used to electrically connect activating system and cutting tool;

A contiguous sense system that is used to monitor the signal of telecommunication that on cutting tool, brings out;

And, second Capacitance Coupled that is used to electrically connect sensor-based system and cutting tool;

53. carpenter's machine comprises:

A motor;

The next rotatable cutter shaft of electric insulation that is driven by motor of design;

A saw blade;

An activating system that is used to produce the signal of telecommunication;

And one be used for electric coupling activating system and cutter shaft to transmit the Capacitance Coupled of a part of signal of telecommunication to saw blade.

54. carpenter's machine comprises:

A conduction cutting tool;

An activating system that is used to produce the signal of telecommunication;

A Capacitance Coupled that connects activating system and cutting tool, wherein, Capacitance Coupled has the capacitance of 10 picofarads at least.

55. carpenter's machine comprises:

A working portion;

A detection system that is used to survey the unsafe conditions between people and the working portion;

And a retraction system relevant with detection system partly bounces back to make work when dangerous situation is detected.

56. according to the described machine of claim 46, wherein, working portion is a rotating saw blade with angular momentum,

The system that wherein bounces back is utilized the saw blade angular momentum saw blade that bounces back at least in part.

57. a table saw comprises:

A working face;

And one here, the rotation of saw blade defines the direction that workpiece is sent to electric saw with respect to the rotatable saw blade of working face around a pivotal point lifting, and with respect to the direction of conveying workpieces, pivotal point is in the downstream of saw blade.

58. a table saw comprises:

A working face;

One with respect to the rotatable saw blade of working face around a pivotal point lifting;

A transmission system that is used for the lifting saw blade;

Delivery system in transmission system, this delivery system allow saw blade to fall with respect to working face when particular event takes place.

59. according to the table saw of claim 58, wherein, this particular event is meant the braking saw blade.

60., further comprise stopping that a restriction saw blade falls according to the table saw of claim 58.

61. an electric saw comprises:

One with respect to the rotatable saw blade of working face around a pivotal point lifting, and here, saw blade is installed on the cutter shaft;

A cutter shaft body that is used for fixing cutter shaft, and further be used for when a particular event takes place retraction cutter shaft and saw blade.

62. electric saw according to claim 61, comprise first and second parts that all are fixed together before the generation up to particular event, and the mechanical energy that further comprises deposit is to move first and second parts to discharge this energy when the generation of particular event.

63. a mitre saw comprises:

Pedestal with sharp keen zone;

A saw blade;

A brake system that is used to brake saw blade;

Connecting rod at saw blade and pedestal, wherein, connecting rod is designed to when brake system braking saw blade saw blade be withdrawed from from cutting zone.

64. according to the mitre saw of claim 63, connecting rod is designed to that the saw blade angular momentum makes saw blade withdraw from from cutting zone when brake system braking saw blade.

65. a mitre saw comprises:

A pedestal;

A casing that is pivotally connected to pedestal;

A saw blade;

The fixing installation system of saw blade in casing;

And brake system has adapted in order to check saw blade;

This installation system is designed in brake system braking saw blade, and saw blade rotates into casing.

66. a band saw comprises:

The working face that cutting is arranged with cutting zone;

Saw blade near cutting zone;

A detection system that is used to survey the unsafe conditions between people and the saw blade;

And a retraction system relevant with detection system is to push saw blade open when detecting unsafe conditions from the deathtrap.

67. carpenter's machine comprises:

A working portion;

A detection system that is used to survey the unsafe conditions between people and working portion;

And a reaction system relevant with detection system is to cause the generation of a predetermined actions with respect to working portion when detecting unsafe condition, and wherein, reaction system comprises that the mechanical energy of deposit is to cause the generation of predetermined action.

68. according to carpenter's machine of claim 67, wherein, reaction system comprises a spring that likes the container of deposit mechanical energy.

69. according to carpenter's machine of claim 67, wherein, reaction system comprise a brake and spring with

Make brake and working portion engagement.

70. carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting tool;

One is used to survey the detection system that contacts between people and the cutting tool;

A brake pawl that when detection system detects between people and the cutting tool contact, stops cutting tool; And the deposit mechanical energy that makes brake pawl engagement cutting tool.

71. according to carpenter's machine of claim 70, wherein, what lay in mechanical energy is a spring.

72. according to carpenter's machine of claim 71, wherein, spring handle brake pawl pushes and the contacting of cutting tool.

73. according to carpenter's machine of claim 73, wherein, the mechanical energy of deposit is in a self-holding cartridge.

74. carpenter's machine comprises:

A working portion;

A detection system that is used to survey the unsafe conditions between people and working portion;

And a brake system that when detection system detects unsafe condition, is used to mesh and brake working portion, wherein, brake system comprises a spring module that is used for the brake pawl is moved into working portion.

75. the braking cartridge of carpenter's machine, cartridge comprises:

A casing;

A brake pawl in the casing;

And one in the casing is used for the optionally spring module of travelling brake pawl, and here, the bias voltage module is controlled oneself.

76. according to the braking cartridge of claim 75, wherein, spring module comprises a helical spring of being shunk back by a mechanism.

77. carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting tool that is used for cut workpiece and comprises at least two cutting surfaces;

A brake system that is used to stop cutting tool, wherein, brake system comprises a thermoplastic pawl that is used to mesh the cutting surface of cutting tool.

78. according to the brake system of claim 77, wherein, pawl is self-locking when the cutting surface engaged of pawl and cutting tool.

79. according to the brake system of claim 77, wherein, pawl is pivoted on the machine.

80. one is used to brake at periphery and has the brake system of the saw blade of plural sawtooth to comprise:

A first brake pawl that is used for meshing first sawtooth in saw blade periphery primary importance;

A second brake pawl that is used for being different from engagement second sawtooth of primary importance at the saw blade periphery;

And, an activation mechanism that is used for two pawls are pushed saw blade.

81. a brake system that is used to stop saw blade comprising:

Brake pawl with the zone that contacts with saw blade, this brake pawl are shaped as can be simultaneously and a zone engages of the saw blade that comprises at least 30 degree saw blade girths;

And one is suitable for optionally ordering about the activation system that the brake pawl enters saw blade.

82. carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting element that is suitable for cutting workpiece and has at least two cutting surfaces;

A brake system that is used to stop cutting element, wherein, brake system comprises a pawl with the engagement of the cutting surface of cutting element; And this pawl is to make with two kinds of materials with different physical characteristics.

83. 2 machine according to Claim 8, wherein, at least a material is a thermoplastic.

84. 2 machine according to Claim 8, wherein, at least a material is a metal.

85. carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting element that is suitable for cutting workpiece and has at least two cutting surfaces;

A brake system that is suitable for stopping cutting element, wherein, brake system comprises a metal pawl that is suitable for meshing the cutting surface of cutting element.

86. 2 machine according to Claim 8, wherein, pawl mainly is made of aluminum.

87. a machinery discharges and comprises:

One comprise be electrically connected to a current source comprise first, and the electrode system of second electrode;

The fusible member that electrode is electrically connected mutually;

An electric gate system that is placed between at least one electrode and the current source flows at least one electrode from current source optionally to control electric current.Wherein, between fusible member sustaining electrode at least 10, the tensile load of 000psi.

88. 7 machinery discharges according to Claim 8, wherein, fusible member has at least 100, the tension intensity of 000psi.

89. 7 machinery discharges according to Claim 8, wherein, a kind of material of selecting in one group of material that fusible member is made up of stainless steel and nickel is made.

90. 7 machinery discharges according to Claim 8, wherein, fusible member has the spring flexibility.

91. carpenter's machine comprises:

A brake that is used to stop cutting element;

One is suitable for pushing brake the bias system of normal danger to from holding fix,

And, the delivery system that can optionally brake be remained on holding fix that is used to resist the bias voltage of bias mechanism.

92. according to the machine of claim 91, wherein, relieving mechanism is a special purpose device.

93. according to the machine of claim 92, wherein, relieving mechanism comprises a fusible member.

94. according to the machine of claim 93, wherein, relieving mechanism comprises the fusible member that is connected to first on the current source and second electrode and electrode is electrically connected mutually.

95. according to the machine of claim 91, wherein, relieving mechanism comprises an electromagnet.

96. carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting element;

Brake has adapted in order to stop cutting tool, and at this moment, brake has the position of free and the position of brake;

A brake that is used to brake cutting element, wherein, brake has a holding fix and a normal danger;

And one is used for brake is moved on to the start-up system of application position from holding fix, and wherein, the part of start-up system must be replaced after moving on to this position of stopping from holding fix will braking at least.

97. according to the machine of claim 96, wherein, start-up system comprises a destructor.

98. according to the machine of claim 96, wherein, start-up system comprises a fusible member.This fusible member is melted to allow brake to move on to normal danger from holding fix.

99. according to the machine of claim 96, wherein, the brake and at least the part of activation system be contained in the replaceable cartridge.

100. carpenter's machine comprises:

A processing component;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the condition of the danger between people and the processing component;

The brake system of a braking processing component when detection system detects dangerous situation, wherein, brake system is accommodated in the cartridge.

101. according to carpenter's machine of claim 100, wherein, cartridge is designed to be replaced behind brake system braking processing component.

102. according to carpenter's machine of claim 100, wherein, cartridge is held a brake pawl that is used to contact processing component, one is used for the brake pawl is moved into the bias mechanism that meshes with processing component, and a relieving mechanism that is used to discharge bias mechanism.

103. according to carpenter's machine of claim 102, wherein, bias mechanism comprises a spring.

104. according to carpenter's machine of claim 102, wherein, bias mechanism comprises that a spring and an antagonism spring are to limit the mechanical linkage of brake pawl.

105. according to carpenter's machine of claim 102, wherein, delivery system comprises a fusible member.

106. according to carpenter's machine of claim 102, wherein, delivery system comprises a fusible member and a radiating circuit that is used to melt this fusible member.

107. according to carpenter's machine of claim 102, wherein, cartridge is closed.

108. according to carpenter's machine of claim 102, wherein, cartridge is made of plastics, cartridge comprises the perforate that a brake pawl can pass through, and perforate is covered with by lining before it at the brake pawl.

109. according to carpenter's machine of claim 102, further comprise a working face that is close in processing component, wherein, processing component is a saw blade, saw blade is designed to respect to the working face lifting, and cartridge is installed into saw blade one lifting.

110. according to carpenter's machine of claim 102, wherein, cartridge is fixed in the rotating shaft of machine.

111. a cartridge of carpenter's machine, this cartridge comprises:

A shell;

A brake pawl in the shell;

A mechanism of travelling brake pawl.

112. carpenter's machine comprises:

A processing component;

A cartridge that comprises the brake pawl that is applicable to optionally engagement and braking brake;

And, one be suitable for receiving and adjustable ground position brake cartridge with respect to the brake navigation system of position of cutting tool.

113. according to carpenter's machine of claim 102, wherein, the brake navigation system allows to be adjusted to hold the cutting element of different sizes.

114. according to carpenter's machine of claim 102, wherein, the brake navigation system comprises a pivotal axis that cartridge is fixed thereon, and the brake cartridge is that the rotation cartridge that leans against on the pivotal axis is regulated with respect to the position of cutting element.

115. carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting element;

A motor that is suitable for driving cutting element;

Brake near the location regulated of cutting element;

A sensing system that is suitable for responding to the interval between cutting element and brake;

Design with control motor operated and received from the representative of sensing system cutting element and braked between the control system of signal of spacing, wherein, control system further is designed to optionally prevent the running of motor according to what receive from the signal of sensor.

116. according to carpenter's machine of claim 115, wherein, sensing system comprises an electrode that is fixed on close cutting element on the brake pawl, and signal depends on the electrical connection of electrode and cutting element.

117. carpenter's machine comprises:

A processing component;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and processing component;

A reaction system relevant with detection system takes place to cause preconcerted operations when detecting dangerous situation;

And one is suitable for one or more processing components, detection system, and the control system of reaction system operability.

118. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, by handling one or more data from reaction system, control system is used to control one or more processing components, detection system, and reaction system operability.

119. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, control system is suitable for carrying out the self check on the machine.

120. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, control system is used to determine whether detection system works.

121. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, control system is used to determine whether reaction system works.

122. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, reaction system comprises a capacitor, and is suitable for carrying out self check to determine whether capacitor works in this control system.

123. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, reaction system comprises a fusible member, and wherein control system is suitable for carrying out self check to determine whether fusible member works.

124. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, detection system is notified processing component the signal of telecommunication, and wherein control system is suitable for monitoring effectively that signal of telecommunication.

125. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, control system is suitable for preventing the triggering of reaction system chance.

126. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, control system be suitable for controlling about with the display unit of machine function.

127. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, processing component is driven by motor, and wherein control system is suitable for controlling motor.

128. carpenter's machine according to claim 117, wherein, processing component comprises a saw blade, and reaction system comprises that one is used for contacting saw blade and is positioned near the brake pawl of saw blade, and is used to monitor the control system of brake pawl with respect to the saw blade position.

129. carpenter's machine according to claim 117, further comprise a framework that supports processing component, wherein, processing component comprises a conduction cutting instrument with the framework electric insulation, one is transmitted the detection system of the signal of telecommunication to the conduction cutting instrument, and one is used for the control system whether monitor electrical signal is sent to the conduction cutting instrument.

130. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, reaction system comprises an emission subsystem that triggers predetermined action, the emission subsystem comprises a fusible member, and control system checks whether fusible member puts in place.

131. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, reaction system comprises an emission subsystem that triggers predetermined action, the emission subsystem is used to check electric charge, and control system checks whether emission system maintains electric charge.

132. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, control system is checked one or more processing components, the operability of detection system and reaction system repeatedly when machine run.

133. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, control system comprises microprocessor.

134. according to carpenter's machine of claim 117, wherein, control system allows user's bypass reaction system.

135. carpenter's machine according to claim 117, further comprise a framework that supports processing component, wherein, processing component comprises a conduction cutting instrument with the framework electric insulation, one is transmitted the detection system of the signal of telecommunication to the conduction cutting instrument, and whether signal that is used to monitor within the specific limits and is transmitted produces the control system of a detectable signal.

136. an electric saw comprises:

A saw blade;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the condition of the danger between people and the saw blade;

A reaction system relevant with detection system is to cause the generation of a predetermined action when detecting dangerous situation;

And control system that is suitable for monitoring and controlling detection and reaction system.

137. the method for a control electric saw, wherein, electric saw comprises the saw blade that is driven by a motor, a condition that is suitable for surveying the danger between people and the saw blade, and reaction system relevant with detection system causes the generation of a predetermined action when detecting dangerous situation, and this method comprises:

Check whether detection system works;

Check whether reaction system works;

And, just start to drive the motor of saw blade if detection and reaction system work.

138. carpenter's machine comprises:

A processing component that when mobile, is suitable for work;

The detection system of dangerous situation between parts that are suitable for surveying people and work;

The reaction system of the generation that when detecting dangerous situation causes a predetermined action relevant with detection system;

And one is suitable for surveying the motion detection system that processing component moves and stop reaction system when processing component does not move.

139. according to carpenter's machine of claim 138, wherein, processing component is a rotating saw blade, and wherein whether motion detection system surveys saw blade in rotation.

140. according to carpenter's machine of claim 138, wherein, motion detection system is surveyed the speed of motion, and if the saw blade rotating speed think that when a critical value speed is following saw blade is not rotating.

141. according to carpenter's machine of claim 138, wherein, motion detection system comprises a sensor.

142. according to carpenter's machine of claim 141, wherein, sensor is a hall effect sensor.

143. according to carpenter's machine of claim 141, wherein, sensor is an electromagnetic field wild throw sensor.

144. according to carpenter's machine of claim 141, wherein, sensor is the sensor of an optics.

145. according to carpenter's machine of claim 141, wherein, sensor is an electric transducer.

146. carpenter's machine comprises:

A processing component that when mobile, is suitable for work;

A motor that drives processing component;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the condition of the danger between people and the saw blade;

And the reaction system of the generation that when detecting dangerous situation causes a predetermined action relevant with detection system, wherein reaction system only just causes these preconcerted operations at motor running or in the definite time after motor turns round.

147. carpenter's machine comprises:

A cutting part, wherein cutting part is suitable for doing translation with respect to the workpiece that is cut;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the machine one definite position;

And the reaction system that interrupts the workpiece translational motion of cutting during a dangerous situation that is suitable between a detection system finder and a machine part.

148. according to carpenter's machine of claim 147, wherein, the determining section of machine is a cutting part.

149. according to carpenter's machine of claim 147, wherein, the determining section of machine is a guardrail.

150. according to carpenter's machine of claim 147, wherein, reaction system is suitable for interrupting the translation of cutting part by stopping its translational motion.

151. according to carpenter's machine of claim 147, wherein, reaction system interrupts the translation of cutting part by putting upside down its translational motion.

152., further comprise a brake system that when detection system detects dangerous situation, stops the cutting part motion according to carpenter's machine of claim 147.

153. according to carpenter's machine of claim 147, wherein, determining section is cutting parts, and wherein dangerous situation is meant the contact between people and the cutting part.

154. according to carpenter's machine of claim 147, wherein, determining section is cutting parts, and wherein dangerous situation is meant close between people and the cutting part.

155. a line-bar resaw comprises:

A guid arm;

A saw blade that is fixed and slides with along guid arm;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And interrupt the reaction system that saw blade slides during a dangerous situation that is suitable between detection system finder and saw blade.

156. according to the electric saw of claim 155, wherein, reaction system comprises that a design contacts and embed the member of guid arm.

157. according to the electric saw of claim 156, wherein, this member is a pawl.

158. electric saw according to claim 155, wherein, saw blade is installed in along the guid arm of supporting structure and slides, wherein, reaction system comprises a clue between supporting construction and cutter shaft, and wherein this clue is used for stopping saw blade and slides on guid arm when detecting dangerous situation.

159. according to the electric saw of claim 155, wherein, this rope is released when saw blade slides on guid arm.

160. according to the electric saw of claim 155, wherein, this rope is enclosed on a cylinder, and wherein cylinder locked to stop this rope when detecting dangerous situation, to be emitted.

161. a mitre saw comprises:

A pedestal;

One by base supports and be suitable for pivoting to the workpiece that is cut swing arm;

One is fixed when workpiece rotates with the saw blade of swing arm campaign with contact workpiece when swing arm;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And the reaction system that interrupts saw blade and swing arm campaign during a dangerous situation that is suitable between detection system finder and saw blade.

162. according to the mitre saw of claim 161, wherein, reaction system comprises that a design prevents the electric lock of swing arm rotation.

163., further comprise one in order to limit the piston of swing arm rotary speed according to the mitre saw of claim 161.

164. according to the mitre saw of claim 161, wherein, swing arm comprises a cam portion, and comprises that further one is used for the engagement with cams part to stop the pawl that swing arm pivots when detecting dangerous situation.

165. the security system of a machine, this security system comprises:

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the machining parts, wherein, processing component moves;

And reaction system relevant with detection system.The motion at interruption of work position when this reaction system detects unsafe condition between people and processing component in detection system.

166. according to the security system of claim 165, wherein, dangerous situation is meant contacting of people and machining parts, and wherein detection system is used to capacitively transmit electric charge and survey when the quantity of electric charge descends to processing component.

167. according to the security system of claim 165, wherein, the motion of processing component is translation, and reaction system stops that translational motion.

168., wherein, interrupt the motion of processing component in reaction system 25 milliseconds after finding dangerous situation according to the security system of claim 165.

169. a chopping saw comprises:

One be fixed on the pivot cutter shaft unit and be suitable for pivoting and enter the saw blade that contacts with workpiece with cut workpiece;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

A reaction system that is used for when detection system detects unsafe condition between people and saw blade, interrupting saw blade and pivot cutter shaft unit motion.

170., further comprise the pneumatic cylinders of a pivot saw blade and pivot cutter shaft unit according to the chopping saw of claim 169.

171. according to the chopping saw of claim 169, wherein, detection system is surveyed the dangerous situation between people and saw blade.

172. the chopping saw according to claim 169 further comprise a saw blade guardrail, and detection system detects the dangerous situation between people and saw blade guardrail.

173. according to the chopping of claim 169 saw, further comprise a working face, cut workpiece is come on saw blade this plane of extending, and wherein detection system is surveyed contacting of people and at least a portion working face.

174. according to the chopping saw of claim 169, wherein, reaction system comprises a braking mechanism and Jie

Connecting rod between pivot cutter shaft unit and fixing point, wherein, connecting rod comprises the part that at least one moves when pivot cutter shaft unit rotational, and the motion that braking mechanism is used to limiting rod is with the motion of the cutter shaft unit that stops to pivot.

175. according to the chopping saw of claim 169, wherein, reaction system comprises:

One has and is used for the connecting rod of the lever that pivots around a pivotal point, this lever has two ends, and pivotal point is nearer apart from an end, one first lever be connected in pivot cutter shaft unit with, near between that end of pivotal point, and second lever that is connected with the lever other end, wherein, the motion of pivot cutter shaft unit causes the motion of first lever, and the motion of first lever then drawing and play lever and pivot around pivotal point, and the pivot of lever causes the motion of second lever; And a braking mechanism that is used to stop second lever motion, and the braking of second lever connects the motion of the cutter shaft unit that stops to pivot.

176. according to the chopping saw of claim 175, wherein, reaction system further comprises a spring that connects second lever and a predetermined point.

177. one is fixed to and pivots certainly the member that the cutter shaft unit extends, and this member moves with pivot cutter shaft unit;

A connecting rod that is attached to this member one end, wherein, this connecting rod moves with member;

And a braking mechanism that is suitable for stopping link motion, wherein, connecting rod then stop the to pivot motion of cutter shaft unit.

178. according to the chopping saw of claim 177, wherein, reaction system further comprises a spring that connects a lever and a predetermined point.

179. according to the chopping saw of claim 169, wherein, reaction system comprises:

A pillar that is fixed on the pivot cutter shaft unit and is suitable for moving with pivot cutter shaft unit;

A connecting rod relevant with pillar;

A cartridge that is fixed on the pillar and is suitable for when pillar moves, on connecting rod, sliding;

And a braking mechanism that is suitable for stopping the cartridge motion, wherein, cartridge then stops the motion of pillar and pivot cutter shaft unit.

180. according to the chopping saw of claim 179, wherein, reaction system further comprises a spring that connects a connecting rod and a predetermined point.

181. chopping saw according to claim 169, wherein, reaction system comprises a braking mechanism and the connecting rod between a pivot cutter shaft unit and a fixing point, wherein, connecting rod comprises the part that at least one moves when pivot cutter shaft unit rotational, and, the motion that braking mechanism is used to limiting rod is with the motion of the cutter shaft unit that stops to pivot, wherein, the motion that braking mechanism is used to limiting rod is with the motion of the cutter shaft unit that stops to pivot, wherein, braking mechanism comprises a brake pawl, and braking mechanism comprises that one is used for the brake pawl is remained on a non-braking position up to the electromagnet that detects dangerous situation.

182., comprise that further one is designed to make it to enter the member that contacts and then brake is arranged on non-normal danger with electromagnet with engagement of brake pawl and travelling brake pawl according to the chopping saw of claim 181.

183. a machine comprises:

A cutter assembly;

A motor that is suitable for driving this cutter assembly;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying dangerous situation;

And reaction system that is suitable for the dangerous situation that arrives in echo probe up to small part shielding cutter assembly.

184. according to the chopping of claim 183 saw, wherein, cutter assembly is circular and prolongs round girth distribution cutting edge that reaction system comprises that one is used for twining the band of cutter assembly periphery.

185. a machine comprises:

Cutter assembly with one or more cutting edges;

A motor that is suitable for driving this cutter assembly;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying dangerous situation;

And reaction system that is suitable for when detection system detects dangerous situation, stopping cutting edge.

186. according to the machine of claim 185, wherein, reaction system separates cutting edge with cutter assembly.

187. a machine comprises:

Cutter assembly with one or more cutting edges;

A motor that is suitable for driving this cutter assembly;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation relevant with cutting edge;

And reaction system that is suitable for when the dangerous situation that echo probe is arrived, stoping cutting edge.

188. a table saw comprises:

Working face;

One is suitable for by the upwardly extending rotatable saw blade of working face;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And brake system that is suitable for when detection system detects dangerous situation, stopping the saw blade rotation.

189. according to the table saw of claim 188, wherein, saw blade and electric saw other parts electric insulation, and detection system is suitable for to signal of telecommunication of saw blade electric capacity transmission, and survey the generation of a predetermined variation of this signal.

190. table saw according to claim 188, wherein, saw blade is fixed on the cutter shaft, and wherein saw blade and electric saw other parts electric insulation, and detection system is suitable for transmitting a signal of telecommunication to saw blade and cutter shaft electric capacity, and surveys the generation of a predetermined variation of this signal.

191. according to the table saw of claim 188, wherein, dangerous situation is meant the contact between people and the saw blade.

192. according to the table saw of claim 188, wherein, dangerous situation is meant approaching between people and the saw blade.

193. according to the table saw of claim 188, wherein, brake system comprises a brake pawl that is suitable for meshing saw blade.

194. according to the table saw of claim 193, wherein, the brake pawl is the part of replaceable cartridge.

195. according to the table saw of claim 193, wherein, a spring will brake the pawl bias voltage to saw blade.

196. according to the table saw of claim 193, wherein, a fusible member restriction brake pawl and the engagement of fusible member.

197. according to the table saw of claim 196, wherein, brake system comprises a connecting rod between brake pawl and fusible member.

198. any one further comprises an emission system that triggers brake system when detecting dangerous situation according to the table saw of claim 188.

199. according to the table saw of claim 198, wherein, emission system comprises an electric capacity.

200. according to the table saw of claim 188, further comprise a framework that supports saw blade, wherein saw blade is with respect to framework and by lifting, and brake system is designed to the saw blade lifting.

201. the table saw according to claim 188 further comprises a framework that supports saw blade, wherein saw blade is tilted with respect to framework, and brake system is designed to tilt with saw blade.

202. a table saw comprises:

A working face;

One is suitable for by the upwardly extending rotatable saw blade of working face;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And emission system that is suitable for when detection system detects dangerous situation, triggering brake system.

203. table saw according to claim 202, wherein, brake system comprises a brake pawl that is biased to saw blade, and emission system comprises a fusible member that limits the brake pawl and make it not contact with saw blade, and this fusible member of emission system fusing is discharged into saw blade with the pawl that will brake.

204. the table saw according to claim 202 further comprises a test macro that is used to test the emission system operability.

205. a security system of table saw, wherein, the table saw comprises a rotatable saw blade, and security system comprises:

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And brake system that is suitable for when detection system detects dangerous situation, stopping the saw blade rotation.

206. a mitre saw comprises:

A pedestal;

One by the saw blade of base supports;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

Take place when detecting dangerous situation, to cause preconcerted operations with a reaction system relevant with detection system;

207. according to the mitre saw of claim 206, wherein, reaction system comprises the brake system of a braking saw blade.

208. according to the mitre saw of claim 206, wherein, reaction system comprises the mechanism of a retraction saw blade.

209. according to the mitre saw of claim 206, wherein, reaction system comprises that one covers the mechanism of saw blade.

210. a mitre saw comprises:

A pedestal;

One by base supports and be suitable for pivoting to the workpiece that is cut swing arm;

One is fixed when workpiece rotates with the saw blade of swing arm campaign with contact workpiece when swing arm;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

And the reaction system that interrupts saw blade and swing arm campaign during a dangerous situation that is suitable between detection system finder and saw blade.

211. an annular saw comprises:

A saw blade that is supported by a shell;

A detection system that is suitable for surveying the dangerous situation between people and the saw blade;

Take place when detecting dangerous situation, to cause preconcerted operations with a reaction system relevant with detection system;

212. according to the annular saw of claim 211, wherein, reaction system comprises the brake system of a braking saw blade.

213. according to the annular saw of claim 211, wherein, reaction system comprises the mechanism of a retraction saw blade.

214. according to the annular saw of claim 211, wherein, reaction system comprises a mechanism that covers saw blade.

Images